<usx version="3.0">
  <book code="NUM" style="id">- Biblica® Open Hausa Contemporary Bible™</book>
  <para style="h">Ƙidaya</para>
  <para style="toc1">Ƙidaya</para>
  <para style="toc2">Ƙidaya</para>
  <para style="toc3">Ƙid</para>
  <para style="mt1">Ƙidaya</para>
  <chapter number="1" style="c" sid="NUM 1"/>
  <para style="s1">Ƙidayar yawan mutane</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 1:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa a Tentin Sujada a cikin Hamadar Sinai, a rana ta fari na watan biyu a shekara ta biyu, bayan Isra’ilawa suka fito Masar ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 1:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 1:2"/>“Ka yi ƙidayan dukan al’umman Isra’ilawa bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu, ka rubuta kowa da sunansa bi da bi. <verse eid="NUM 1:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 1:3"/>Da kai da Haruna za ku lissafta dukan mazan Isra’ila bisa ga sashensu, waɗanda suka kai shekaru ashirin ko fiye, da za su iya shiga soja. <verse eid="NUM 1:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 1:4"/>Mutum ɗaya daga kowace kabila wanda yake shugaban danginsa, zai taimake ku.<verse eid="NUM 1:4"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 1:5"/>“Ga sunayen da za su taimake ku.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 1:5"/>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 1:5">“Daga kabilar Ruben, Elizur ɗan Shedeyur;<verse eid="NUM 1:5"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 1:6"/>daga kabilar Simeyon, Shelumiyel ɗan Zurishaddai;<verse eid="NUM 1:6"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 1:7"/>daga kabilar Yahuda, Nashon ɗan Amminadab;<verse eid="NUM 1:7"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 1:8"/>daga kabilar Issakar, Netanel ɗan Zuwar;<verse eid="NUM 1:8"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 1:9"/>daga kabilar Zebulun, Eliyab ɗan Helon;<verse eid="NUM 1:9"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 1:10"/>daga kabilar ’ya’yan Yusuf,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 1:10">daga Efraim, Elishama ɗan Ammihud;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 1:10">daga Manasse, Gamaliyel ɗan Fedazur;<verse eid="NUM 1:10"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 1:11"/>daga kabilar Benyamin, Abidan ɗan Gideyoni;<verse eid="NUM 1:11"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 1:12"/>daga kabilar Dan, Ahiyezer ɗan Ammishaddai;<verse eid="NUM 1:12"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 1:13"/>daga kabilar Asher, Fagiyel ɗan Okran;<verse eid="NUM 1:13"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 1:14"/>daga kabilar Gad, Eliyasaf ɗan Deyuwel;<verse eid="NUM 1:14"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 1:15"/>daga kabilar Naftali, Ahira ɗan Enan.”<verse eid="NUM 1:15"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 1:16"/>Waɗannan su ne mutanen da aka naɗa daga cikin jama’a, shugabannin asalin kabilu. Su ne kuma shugabannin dangogin Isra’ila.<verse eid="NUM 1:16"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 1:17"/>Sai Musa da Haruna suka ɗauki sunayen mutanen nan da aka ba su, <verse eid="NUM 1:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 1:18"/>suka kira dukan al’umma wuri ɗaya a rana ta fari ga wata na biyu. Aka kuwa rubuta mutanen bisa ga asalin kabilansu da iyalansu. Aka kuma rubuta sunayen maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekaru ashirin ko fiye, <verse eid="NUM 1:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 1:19"/>yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. Da haka ya ƙidaya su a Hamadar Sinai.<verse eid="NUM 1:19"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 1:20"/>Daga zuriyar Ruben ɗan fari na Isra’ila. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 1:21"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Ruben 46,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:21"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 1:22"/>Daga zuriyar Simeyon. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 1:23"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Simeyon 59,300 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:23"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 1:24"/>Daga zuriyar Gad. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 1:25"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Gad 45,650 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:25"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 1:26"/>Daga zuriyar Yahuda. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 1:27"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Yahuda 74,600 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:27"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 1:28"/>Daga zuriyar Issakar. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 1:29"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Issakar 54,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:29"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 1:30"/>Daga zuriyar Zebulun. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 1:31"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Zebulun 57,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:31"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 1:32"/>Daga ’ya’yan Yusuf.</para>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 1:32">Daga zuriyar Efraim. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 1:33"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Efraim 40,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:33"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 1:34"/>Daga zuriyar Manasse. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 1:35"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Manasse 32,200 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:35"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 1:36"/>Daga zuriyar Benyamin. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 1:37"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Benyamin 35,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:37"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 1:38"/>Daga zuriyar Dan. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:38"/><verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 1:39"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Dan 62,700 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:39"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 1:40"/>Daga zuriyar Asher. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 1:41"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Asher 41,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:41"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 1:42"/>Daga zuriyar Naftali. Aka rubuta sunayen dukan maza ɗaya-ɗaya da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu da take a rubuce. <verse eid="NUM 1:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 1:43"/>Jimillar maza daga mutanen Naftali kuwa 53,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 1:43"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 1:44"/>Waɗannan su ne mazan da Musa da Haruna, tare da shugabanni goma sha biyun nan na Isra’ila suka ƙidaya, kowa a madadin iyalinsa. <verse eid="NUM 1:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 1:45"/>Dukan Isra’ilawan da suka kai shekara ashirin ko fiye da suka isa shiga soja, an ƙidaya su bisa ga iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 1:45"/><verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 1:46"/>Jimillar kuwa ita ce mutum 603,550.<verse eid="NUM 1:46"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 1:47"/>Ba a dai ƙidaya zuriyar Lawi tare da saura kabilan ba. <verse eid="NUM 1:47"/><verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 1:48"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya riga ya gaya wa Musa cewa, <verse eid="NUM 1:48"/><verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 1:49"/>“Ka tabbatar ba ka ƙidaya mutanen Lawi ko kuma ka haɗe su tare a ƙidayan sauran Isra’ilawa ba. <verse eid="NUM 1:49"/><verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 1:50"/>A maimakon haka sai ka naɗa Lawiyawa su lura da tabanakul Shaida, wato, kan dukan kayayyaki da kuma kome da yake na wuri mai tsarki. Za su ɗauko tabanakul da dukan kayayyakinsa; za su lura da shi, su kasance kewaye da shi. <verse eid="NUM 1:50"/><verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 1:51"/>Duk sa’ad da za a gusar da tabanakul, Lawiyawa ne za su saukar da shi; kuma duk sa’ad da za a kafa shi, Lawiyawa ne za su yi haka. Duk wani dabam da ya je kusa da shi za a kashe shi. <verse eid="NUM 1:51"/><verse number="52" style="v" sid="NUM 1:52"/>Sauran Isra’ilawa za su zauna ƙungiya-ƙungiya, kowane mutum a ƙungiyarsa daidai bisa ga ƙa’idarsa. <verse eid="NUM 1:52"/><verse number="53" style="v" sid="NUM 1:53"/>Amma Lawiyawa za su kafa sansaninsu kewaye da tabanakul na Shaida. Don kada fushi yă fāɗo a kan al’ummar Isra’ilawa. Hakkin Lawiyawa ne su kula da tabanakul na Shaida.”<verse eid="NUM 1:53"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="54" style="v" sid="NUM 1:54"/>Isra’ilawa suka yi duk waɗannan kamar dai yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 1:54"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 1"/>
  <chapter number="2" style="c" sid="NUM 2"/>
  <para style="s1">Tsari yadda kabilu za su zauna a sansani</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 2:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 2:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 2:2"/>“Duk sa’ad da Isra’ilawa suka yi sansani, kowane mutum zai sauka a inda tutar ƙungiyar kabilarsa take. Sansanin zai kasance a kewaye da Tentin Sujada.”<verse eid="NUM 2:2"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 2:3"/>Kabilar Yahuda za su yi sansani bisa ga ƙa’idarsu a gabas, wajen fitowar rana. Shugaban mutanen Yahuda kuwa shi ne Nashon ɗan Amminadab. <verse eid="NUM 2:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 2:4"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 74,600 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:4"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 2:5"/>Kabilar Issakar za su yi sansani biye da su. Shugabansu shi ne Netanel ɗan Zuwar. <verse eid="NUM 2:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 2:6"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 54,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:6"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 2:7"/>Kabilar Zebulun za su yi sansani biye da su. Shugabansu shi ne Eliyab ɗan Helon. <verse eid="NUM 2:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 2:8"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 57,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:8"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 2:9"/>Dukan mazan da aka ba su aiki a sansanin Yahuda bisa ga sashensu sun kai 186,400. Su ne za su ja gaba.<verse eid="NUM 2:9"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 2:10"/>A kudu, a nan ne sashe sansanin mutanen Ruben a ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu, za su yi sansani. Shugaban mutanen Ruben shi ne Elizur ɗan Shedeyur. <verse eid="NUM 2:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 2:11"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 46,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:11"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 2:12"/>Kabilar Simeyon za su yi sansani biye da su. Shugaban mutanensa shi ne Shelumiyel ɗan Zurishaddai. <verse eid="NUM 2:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 2:13"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 59,300 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:13"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 2:14"/>Kabilar Gad za su zama na biye. Shugaban mutanensa shi ne Eliyasaf ɗan Reyuwel. <verse eid="NUM 2:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 2:15"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 45,650 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:15"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 2:16"/>Dukan mazan da aka ba su aiki a sansanin Ruben, bisa ga sashensu sun kai 151,450. Su ne za su zama na biyu in za a tashi.<verse eid="NUM 2:16"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 2:17"/>Sa’an nan Lawiyawa ɗauke da Tentin Sujada za su kasance a tsakiyar sansani sa’ad da aka tashi tafiya. Za su kama hanya kamar yadda aka dokace su su zauna a sansani, kowa a wurinsa a ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu.<verse eid="NUM 2:17"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 2:18"/>Ta wajen yamma kuma sashen Efraim za su yi sansani a ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu. Shugaban mutanensa, shi ne Elishama ɗan Ammihud. <verse eid="NUM 2:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 2:19"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 40,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:19"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 2:20"/>Kabilar Manasse ce za tă zama ta biye. Shugabansu shi ne Gamaliyel ɗan Fedazur. <verse eid="NUM 2:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 2:21"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 32,200 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:21"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 2:22"/>Na biye da su su ne mutanen Benyamin. Shugaban mutanensu kuwa Abidan ɗan Gideyoni. <verse eid="NUM 2:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 2:23"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 35,400 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:23"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 2:24"/>Dukan mazan da aka ba su aiki a sansanin Efraim, bisa ga sashensu su kai 108,100 ne. Su ne za su zama na uku sa’ad da za a tashi.<verse eid="NUM 2:24"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 2:25"/>A arewa za a sami sashen sansanin Dan, a ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu. Shugabansu shi ne Ahiyezer ɗan Ammishaddai. <verse eid="NUM 2:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 2:26"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 62,700 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:26"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 2:27"/>Kabilar Asher ce za tă zama ta biye. Shugabansu shi ne Fagiyel ɗan Okran. <verse eid="NUM 2:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 2:28"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 41,500 ne.<verse eid="NUM 2:28"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 2:29"/>Kabilar Naftali za su zama na biye da su. Shugaban mutanen kuwa shi ne Ahira ɗan Enan. <verse eid="NUM 2:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 2:30"/>Yawan mutanen sashensa 53,400 ne<verse eid="NUM 2:30"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 2:31"/>Dukan mazan da aka ba su aiki a sansanin Efraim, bisa ga sashensu su kai 157,600. Su ne za su zama na ƙarshe, ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu.<verse eid="NUM 2:31"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 2:32"/>Waɗannan su ne Isra’ilawan da aka a ƙidaya bisa ga iyalansu. Dukansu da suke a sansani, mutane 603,550 ne. <verse eid="NUM 2:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 2:33"/>Ba a dai ƙidaya Lawiyawa tare da sauran Isra’ilawa ba yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 2:33"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 2:34"/>Saboda haka Isra’ilawa suka yi duk ko mene ne da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. Ta haka ne suka yi sansani a ƙarƙashin ƙa’idarsu kowanne tare da kabilarsa da danginsa.<verse eid="NUM 2:34"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 2"/>
  <chapter number="3" style="c" sid="NUM 3"/>
  <para style="s1">Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 3:1"/>Waɗannan su ne zuriyar Haruna da Musa a lokacin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa a kan Dutsen Sinai.<verse eid="NUM 3:1"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 3:2"/>Sunayen ’ya’yan Haruna su ne, Nadab ɗan fari, da Abihu, da Eleyazar da Itamar. <verse eid="NUM 3:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 3:3"/>Waɗannan su ne sunayen ’ya’yan Haruna, shafaffun firistocin da aka naɗa domin su yi aiki firist. <verse eid="NUM 3:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 3:4"/>Amma Nadab da Abihu suka fāɗi suka mutu a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a Hamadar Sinai a sa’ad da suka ƙona turare da haramtacciyar wuta a gabansa. Ba su kuwa da ’ya’ya; saboda haka Eleyazar da Itamar kaɗai suka yi aiki firist a zamanin mahaifinsu Haruna.<verse eid="NUM 3:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 3:5"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 3:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 3:6"/>“Ka kawo mutanen Lawi, ka kuma gabatar da su ga Haruna firist, don su taya shi aiki. <verse eid="NUM 3:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 3:7"/>Za su yi wa Haruna da dukan al’umma aikace-aikace a Tentin Sujada, ta wurin yin aikin tabanakul. <verse eid="NUM 3:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 3:8"/>Za su lura da dukan kayayyakin Tentin Sujada, suna cika hakkin Isra’ilawa ta wurin yin aiki a tabanakul. <verse eid="NUM 3:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 3:9"/>Ka ba da Lawiyawa ga Haruna da ’ya’yansa; su ne za su zama Isra’ilawan da za a ba da su ɗungum gare shi. <verse eid="NUM 3:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 3:10"/>Ka naɗa Haruna da ’ya’yansa su yi aiki firistoci; duk wanda ya yi shisshigi a wuri mai tsarki kuwa dole a kashe shi.”<verse eid="NUM 3:10"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 3:11"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya kuma ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 3:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 3:12"/>“Ga shi na ɗauki Lawiyawa daga cikin Isra’ilawa a maimakon ɗan fari na kowace mace a Isra’ila. Lawiyawa nawa ne, <verse eid="NUM 3:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 3:13"/>gama duk ’ya’yan fari nawa ne. Lokacin da karkashe duk ’ya’yan fari a Masar, na keɓe wa kaina kowane ɗan fari a Isra’ila, ko mutum, ko dabba. Za su zama nawa. Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 3:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 3:14"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa a Hamadar Sinai ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 3:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 3:15"/>“Ka ƙidaya Lawiyawa bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu. Ka ƙidaya kowane ɗan jinjiri mai wata ɗaya ko fiye.” <verse eid="NUM 3:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 3:16"/>Saboda haka Musa ya ƙidaya su duka, kamar yadda maganar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta umarta.<verse eid="NUM 3:16"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 3:17"/>Ga sunayen ’ya’yan Lawi,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 3:17">Gershon, Kohat da Merari.<verse eid="NUM 3:17"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 3:18"/>Ga sunayen mutanen Gershon,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 3:18">Libni, da Shimeyi<verse eid="NUM 3:18"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 3:19"/>Sunayen mutanen Kohat kuwa su ne,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 3:19">Amram, Izhar, Hebron da Uzziyel.<verse eid="NUM 3:19"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 3:20"/>Dangin Merari su ne.</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 3:20">Mali da Mushi.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 3:20"/>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 3:20">Ga kabilan Lawiyawa bisa ga iyalansu.<verse eid="NUM 3:20"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 3:21"/>A wajen Gershonawa, kabilarsa su ne Libniyawa, da Shimeyiyawa; waɗannan su ne mutanen Gershom.<verse eid="NUM 3:21"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 3:22"/>Jimillar dukan jarirai maza daga wata ɗaya zuwa gaba da haihuwa su kai 7,500.<verse eid="NUM 3:22"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 3:23"/>Kabilar Gershonawa za su yi sansani ta fuskar yamma, a bayan tabanakul.<verse eid="NUM 3:23"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 3:24"/>Eliyasaf ɗan Layel shi ne shugaban iyalan Gershonawa.<verse eid="NUM 3:24"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 3:25"/>A Tentin Sujada, Gershonawa su ne za su lura da mazauni da tabanakul da kuma tentin, abubuwan rufensa, labule a ƙofar Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 3:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 3:26"/>da labulen filin da yake kewaye da tabanakul da kuma bagade, da igiyoyi, da kuma kowane abin da ya danganci aikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 3:26"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 3:27"/>Kabilar Kohat su ne, Amramawa da Izharawa da Hebronawa da Uzziyelawa; waɗannan su ne kabilar Kohatawa.<verse eid="NUM 3:27"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 3:28"/>Jimillar dukan jarirai maza daga wata ɗaya ko fiye, 8,600 ne.</para>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 3:28">Kohatawa ne suke lura da wuri mai tsarki.<verse eid="NUM 3:28"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 3:29"/>Kohatawa za su yi sansani a kudu da tabanakul.<verse eid="NUM 3:29"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 3:30"/>Shugaban kabilar Kohatawa shi ne Elizafan ɗan Uzziyel.<verse eid="NUM 3:30"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 3:31"/>Su ne da hakkin kula da akwatin alkawari, tebur, wurin ajiye fitila, bagade, kayayyakin wuri mai tsarki da ake amfani da su a sujada, labule, da kuma kome da ya danganci aikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 3:31"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 3:32"/>Babban shugaban Lawiyawa shi ne Eleyazar ɗan Haruna, firist. An naɗa shi a kan waɗanda suke kula da wuri mai tsarki.<verse eid="NUM 3:32"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 3:33"/>Kabilar Merari su ne Maliyawa da Mushiyawa; waɗannan su ne kabilar Merari.<verse eid="NUM 3:33"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 3:34"/>Jimillar dukan jarirai maza daga wata ɗaya ko fiye, 6,200 ne.<verse eid="NUM 3:34"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 3:35"/>Shugaban iyalan Merari shi ne Zuriyel ɗan Abihayil.</para>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 3:35">Za su yi sansani arewa da tabanakul.<verse eid="NUM 3:35"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 3:36"/>Kabilar Merari ne aka sa su lura da katakan tabanakul, sandunanta, dogayen sandunanta, tarukanta, dukan kayan aiki da kowane abin da ya danganci aikinsu, <verse eid="NUM 3:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 3:37"/>da ginshiƙai kewaye da filin tare da rammuka da turaku da igiyoyinsu.<verse eid="NUM 3:37"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 3:38"/>Musa da Haruna da ’ya’yansu za su yi sansani gabas da tabanakul, wajen fitowar rana; a gaban Tentin Sujada.</para>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 3:38">Su ne da hakkin lura da wuri mai tsarki a madadin Isra’ilawa.</para>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 3:38">Duk wani wanda ba ya wannan aiki, ya kuma kusaci wuri mai tsarki, za a kashe shi.<verse eid="NUM 3:38"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 3:39"/>Jimillar Lawiyawan da Musa da Haruna suka ƙidaya bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> bisa ga danginsu, haɗe da kowane jariri daga wata ɗaya ko fiye, 22,000 ne.<verse eid="NUM 3:39"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 3:40"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ƙidaya dukan ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ilawa maza daga wata ɗaya da kuma fiye ka kuma rubuta sunayensu. <verse eid="NUM 3:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 3:41"/>Ka ɗauko mini Lawiyawa a maimakon dukan ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ilawa, haka ma na dabbobi na Lawiyawa, a maimakon ’ya’yan fari na dabbobin Isra’ilawa. Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 3:41"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 3:42"/>Haka Musa ya ƙidaya ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ilawa, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi. <verse eid="NUM 3:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 3:43"/>Jimillar ’ya’yan fari maza daga wata ɗaya da kuma fiye, da aka rubuta bisa ga sunayensu, 22,273 ne.<verse eid="NUM 3:43"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 3:44"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya kuma yi magana da Musa ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 3:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 3:45"/>“Ka ɗauki Lawiyawa a maimakon dukan ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ila, dabbobin Lawiyawa kuma a maimakon dabbobinsu. Lawiyawa za su zama nawa. Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 3:45"/><verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 3:46"/>Don a fanshi ’ya’yan fari 273 na Isra’ilawa da suka fi Lawiyawa yawa, <verse eid="NUM 3:46"/><verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 3:47"/>ka karɓi shekel biyar domin kowannensu, bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, wanda yake da nauyin gera ashirin. <verse eid="NUM 3:47"/><verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 3:48"/>Ka ba wa Haruna da ’ya’yansa kuɗin fansar da ya haura kai na ’ya’yan farin Isra’ilawa.”<verse eid="NUM 3:48"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 3:49"/>Haka, Musa ya karɓi kuɗin fansar waɗanda suka haura yawan Lawiyawa. <verse eid="NUM 3:49"/><verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 3:50"/>Daga ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ilawa, ya karɓi azurfa masu nauyin shekel 1,365, bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri. <verse eid="NUM 3:50"/><verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 3:51"/>Sa’an nan Musa ya ba da kuɗin fansar ga Haruna da ’ya’yansa, yadda maganar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta umarce shi.<verse eid="NUM 3:51"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 3"/>
  <chapter number="4" style="c" sid="NUM 4"/>
  <para style="s1">Kohatawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 4:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 4:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 4:2"/>“Ku yi ƙidaya Kohatawa daga Lawiyawa, bisa ga kabilarsu da iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 4:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 4:3"/>Ku ƙidaya dukan maza daga shekara talatin zuwa hamsin da suka zo domin aiki a Tentin Sujada.<verse eid="NUM 4:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 4:4"/>“Ga aikin Kohatawa a Tentin Sujada, kulawa da kayayyaki mafi tsarki. <verse eid="NUM 4:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 4:5"/>Lokacin da za a tashi daga sansani, Haruna da ’ya’yansa za su shiga ciki su kunce labulen kāriya, su rufe Akwatin Alkawari da shi. <verse eid="NUM 4:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 4:6"/>Sa’an nan su rufe shi da fatun shanun teku, su shimfiɗa zane mai ruwan shuɗi a bisansa, su sa masa sandunansa.<verse eid="NUM 4:6"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 4:7"/>“A bisa teburin Burodin Ajiyewa, za su shimfiɗa zane mai ruwan shuɗi, a kansa kuma su sa farantai, kwanoni da manyan kwanoni, da tuluna don hadayun sha; da burodin da zai ci gaba da kasancewa a kansa. <verse eid="NUM 4:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 4:8"/>A bisa waɗannan za su shimfiɗa jan zane, su rufe su da fatun shanun teku, su kuma zura masa sandunansa.<verse eid="NUM 4:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 4:9"/>“Za su ɗauki zane mai ruwan shuɗi su rufe wurin ajiye fitilan da yake don fitilu, tare da fitilunsa, lagwaninsa da farantansa, da dukan tulunansa don man amfaninsu. <verse eid="NUM 4:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 4:10"/>Sa’an nan su naɗe shi da kuma dukan kayayyakinsa a cikin fatar shanun teku, su sa shi a kan sandan ɗaukarsa.<verse eid="NUM 4:10"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 4:11"/>“A kan bagaden zinariya, za su shimfiɗa zane mai ruwan shuɗi, su kuma rufe shi da fatar shanun teku, sai a zura masa sandunansa.<verse eid="NUM 4:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 4:12"/>“Za su ɗauki dukan kayayyakin da ake amfani da su a wuri mai tsarki, su nannaɗe su da zane mai ruwan shuɗi, su rufe shi da fatar shanun teku, sa’an nan a sa su a kan sandan ɗaukarsa.<verse eid="NUM 4:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 4:13"/>“Za su kwashe tokar da take a bagaden tagulla, su shimfiɗa zane mai ruwan shuɗi a bisansa. <verse eid="NUM 4:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 4:14"/>Sa’an nan su sa a kansa dukan kayayyakin da aka yi amfani da su a bagaden, haɗe da farantai don wuta, cokula masu yatsu don nama, manyan cokula, da darunan yayyafawa. A kansa za su shimfiɗa murfi na fatun shanun teku, su zura sandunan ɗaukarsa.<verse eid="NUM 4:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 4:15"/>“Bayan Haruna da ’ya’yansa suka gama rufe kayayyaki masu tsarki da dukan abubuwa masu tsarki, sa’ad da kuma aka shirya tashi daga sansani, sai Kohatawa su zo gaba, su ɗauka. Amma kada su taɓa abubuwa masu tsarki, don kada su mutu. Kohatawa za su ɗauki abubuwan da suke cikin Tentin Sujada.<verse eid="NUM 4:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 4:16"/>“Eleyazar ɗan Haruna firist zai lura da man fitila da turare da hadaya ta gari na kullum da kuma keɓaɓɓen mai. Shi ne zai lura da dukan tabanakul da duk abin da yake cikinsa da kuma kayayyaki da abubuwan masu tsarki.”<verse eid="NUM 4:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 4:17"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 4:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 4:18"/>“Ku tabbata cewa ba a kawar da zuriyar Kohatawa daga Lawiyawa ba. <verse eid="NUM 4:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 4:19"/>Saboda su rayu, kada su mutu sa’ad da suka zo kusa da abubuwa mafi tsarki, a yi musu wannan, wato, Haruna da ’ya’yansa za su shiga wuri mai tsarki su ba wa kowane mutum aikinsa da kuma abin da zai ɗauka. <verse eid="NUM 4:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 4:20"/>Amma kada Kohatawa su shiga don su dubi abubuwa masu tsarki, ko na ɗan ƙanƙanin lokaci, in ba haka ba za su mutu.”<verse eid="NUM 4:20"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Gershonawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 4:21"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 4:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 4:22"/>“Ka ƙidaya mutanen Gershon bisa ga iyalansu da kabilarsu. <verse eid="NUM 4:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 4:23"/>Ka ƙidaya maza masu shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada.<verse eid="NUM 4:23"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 4:24"/>“Ga aikin kabilar Gershonawa yayinda suke aiki, suke kuma ɗaukar kaya. <verse eid="NUM 4:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 4:25"/>Za su ɗauki labulen tabanakul, Tentin Sujada, kayan da za a rufe shi, da kuma kayan da za a rufe shi daga waje na fatun rufuwa na shanun teku, labulen ƙofar Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 4:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 4:26"/>labulen filin da yake kewaye da tabanakul da bagade, labulen ƙofa, igiyoyi da kuma dukan abubuwan da ake amfani da su wajen hidima. Geshonawa za su yi dukan abin da ya kamata a yi da waɗannan abubuwa. <verse eid="NUM 4:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 4:27"/>Dukan hidimominsu, ko na ɗauko, ko kuma na yin wani aiki, za a yi su ne bisa ga umarnin Haruna da ’ya’yansa. Za ka ba su dukan kayan da za su ɗauka a matsayin hakkinsu. <verse eid="NUM 4:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 4:28"/>Wannan shi ne hidimar da kabilar Gershonawa za su yi a Tentin Sujada. Ayyukansu za su kasance bisa ga umarnin Itamar ɗan Haruna firist.<verse eid="NUM 4:28"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Merariyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 4:29"/>“Ka ƙidaya kabilar Merari bisa ga kabilarsu da iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 4:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 4:30"/>Ka ƙidaya maza daga masu shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 4:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 4:31"/>Ga aikinsu sa’ad da suke hidima a Tentin Sujada, za su ɗauki katakan tabanakul, sandunansa da dogayen sandunansa, da rammukansa, <verse eid="NUM 4:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 4:32"/>har ma da dogayen sandunan kewayen filin da rammukansu, turakun tenti, igiyoyi, da dukan kayayyaki, da kuma dukan abubuwan da suke dangane da amfaninsu. Ka ba wa kowane mutum ayyuka na musamman da zai yi. <verse eid="NUM 4:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 4:33"/>Wannan ce hidimar da mutanen Merari za su yi a aikin Tentin Sujada, a ƙarƙashin jagorancin Itamar ɗan Haruna, firist.”<verse eid="NUM 4:33"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Ƙidayar kabilar Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 4:34"/>Musa, Haruna da kuma shugabannin jama’a, suka ƙidaya Kohatawa ta kabilarsu da kuma iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 4:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 4:35"/>Dukan maza daga shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 4:35"/><verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 4:36"/>da aka ƙidaya, kabila-kabila, su 2,750 ne. <verse eid="NUM 4:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 4:37"/>Jimillar dukan waɗanda suke na kabilan Kohatawa, waɗanda suka yi hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada ke nan. Musa da Haruna sun ƙidaya su bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 4:37"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 4:38"/>Aka ƙidaya mazan Gershonawa ta kabilansu da kuma iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 4:38"/><verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 4:39"/>Dukan maza daga shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 4:39"/><verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 4:40"/>da aka ƙidaya kabila-kabila da kuma iyali-iyali, su 2,630 ne. <verse eid="NUM 4:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 4:41"/>Jimillar waɗanda suke na kabilar Gershonawa ke nan, waɗanda suka yi hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada. Musa da Haruna sun ƙidaya su bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 4:41"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 4:42"/>Aka ƙidaya mazan Merari ta kabilarsu da kuma iyalansu. <verse eid="NUM 4:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 4:43"/>Dukan maza daga shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki a Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 4:43"/><verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 4:44"/>da aka ƙidaya kabila-kabila, su 3,200 ne. <verse eid="NUM 4:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 4:45"/>Jimillar waɗanda suke na kabilar Merari ke nan. Musa da Haruna suka ƙidaya su bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 4:45"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 4:46"/>Saboda haka, Musa, Haruna da shugabannin Isra’ila, suka ƙidaya dukan Lawiyawa kabila-kabila da kuma iyali-iyali. <verse eid="NUM 4:46"/><verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 4:47"/>Dukan maza daga shekara talatin zuwa hamsin waɗanda sukan zo hidimar aiki da kuma ɗaukar Tentin Sujada <verse eid="NUM 4:47"/><verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 4:48"/>jimillarsu ta kai 8,580. <verse eid="NUM 4:48"/><verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 4:49"/>Bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta wurin Musa, aka ba kowa aikinsa, aka kuma faɗa musu abin da za su ɗauka.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 4:49"/>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 4:49">Ta haka aka ƙidaya su, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 4:49"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 4"/>
  <chapter number="5" style="c" sid="NUM 5"/>
  <para style="s1">Tsabtaccewar sansani</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 5:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 5:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 5:2"/>“Ka umarci Isra’ilawa su kori duk wanda yake da ciwon fatan jiki, ko mai ɗiga na kowane iri, ko wanda ya ƙazantu ta wurin taɓa gawa, daga cikin sansani. <verse eid="NUM 5:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 5:3"/>Ka kori maza da mata ma; ka kai su bayan sansani domin kada su ƙazantar da sansani inda nake zama a cikinsu.” <verse eid="NUM 5:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 5:4"/>Isra’ilawa suka yi haka; suka kore su daga sansanin. Suka aikata yadda dai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 5:4"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Biyan diyya saboda abin da aka yi ba daidai ba</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 6:1-7">Firistoci 6.1-7</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 5:5"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 5:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 5:6"/>“Gaya wa Isra’ilawa, ‘Sa’ad da namiji ko mace ya yi wa ɗan’uwansa laifi ta kowace hanya, ta yin haka, ya yi rashin aminci ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, mutumin kuwa ya yi laifi ke nan <verse eid="NUM 5:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 5:7"/>kuma dole yă furta zunubin da ya yi. Dole yă yi biya cikakkiyar diyya saboda laifinsa, yă ƙara kashi ɗaya bisa biyar a kai, yă kuma bayar da shi duka ga wanda ya yi wa laifin. <verse eid="NUM 5:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 5:8"/>Amma in mutumin da aka yi wa laifin ba shi da ɗan’uwa na kusa da za a biya diyya saboda laifin, sai diyyar tă zama ta <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, dole kuma a ba wa firist, haɗe da ragon da za a yi kafara da shi. <verse eid="NUM 5:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 5:9"/>Dukan tsarkakakkun abubuwan da Isra’ilawa suka kawo wa firist za su zama nasa. <verse eid="NUM 5:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 5:10"/>Kowace tsarkakakkiyar kyauta da mutum ya kawo nasa ne, sai dai abin da ya ba wa firist, zai zama na firist.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 5:10"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Gwaji don mace marar aminci</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 5:11"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 5:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 5:12"/>“Yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘In matar wani ta kauce, ta kuma yi rashin aminci gare shi <verse eid="NUM 5:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 5:13"/>ta wurin kwana da wani dabam, wannan kuwa ya kasance a ɓoye ga mijinta, rashin tsarkinta kuwa bai tonu ba (da yake babu shaida, ba a kuma kama ta tana yi ba), <verse eid="NUM 5:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 5:14"/>in kuma kishi ya sha kan mijinta kuma tana da ƙazanta, ko kuwa idan yana kishi yana kuma zatonta ko ma ba ta da ƙazanta <verse eid="NUM 5:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 5:15"/>mijin zai kai matansa a gaban firist, yă kuma kawo hadayar abubuwan da ake bukata; abubuwa kamar, garin sha’ir garwa ɗaya, amma kada yă zuba mai a kan garin sha’ir, kada kuma yă sa turaren wuta a kansa, domin hadaya ce ta miji mai tuhumar matarsa da aka kawo domin gaskiya tă fito fili.<verse eid="NUM 5:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 5:16"/>“ ‘Firist zai kawo ta, yă sa tă tsaya a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 5:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 5:17"/>Sa’an nan zai ɗebi ruwa mai tsarki a tulun laka, yă zuba ƙurar da ya ɗebo daga daɓen tabanakul a cikin ruwan. <verse eid="NUM 5:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 5:18"/>Bayan da firist ya sa matan ta tsaya a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, sai yă kunce gashin kanta, yă kuma sa hadaya ta gari don tunawa a hannuwanta, hadayar gari ce ta kishi, yayinda shi kansa zai riƙe ruwa mai ɗaci, mai jawo la’ana. <verse eid="NUM 5:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 5:19"/>Sa’an nan firist zai sa tă yi rantsuwa, yă kuma ce mata, “In ba wani mutumin da ya kwana da ke kuma ba ki kauce kin ƙazantar da kanki yayinda kike auren mijinki ba, kada wannan ruwa mai ɗaci, mai jawo la’ana, yă cuce ki. <verse eid="NUM 5:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 5:20"/>Amma in kin kauce yayinda kike auren mijinki, kika kuma ƙazantar da kanki ta wurin kwana da wani dabam da ba mijinki ba,” <verse eid="NUM 5:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 5:21"/>(a nan firist zai sa macen a ƙarƙashin la’anar rantsuwa cewa) “bari <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă sa mutanenki su la’ance ki, su kuma yi Allah wadai da ke, sa’ad da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sa cinyarki ta shanye, cikinki kuma ya kumbura. <verse eid="NUM 5:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 5:22"/>Bari wannan ruwa mai jawo la’ana, yă shiga jikinki saboda cikinki yă kumbura, cinyarki kuma yă shanye.”</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 5:22">“ ‘Sai macen tă ce, “Amin. Bari yă zama haka.”<verse eid="NUM 5:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 5:23"/>“ ‘Firist zai rubuta waɗannan la’anoni a littafi, sa’an nan yă wanke su cikin ruwa mai ɗaci. <verse eid="NUM 5:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 5:24"/>Sai yă sa macen tă sha ruwa mai ɗaci, mai jawo la’ana, wannan ruwa kuwa zai shiga cikinta yă kawo mata wahala mai zafi. <verse eid="NUM 5:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 5:25"/>Firist zai karɓi hadaya ta gari don kishi daga hannuwanta, yă kaɗa shi a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> sa’an nan yă kawo a bagade. <verse eid="NUM 5:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 5:26"/>Sa’an nan firist zai ɗiba hatsi na hadaya cike da hannunsa don hadayar tunawa, yă kuma ƙone a bagade; bayan haka sai yă sa macen tă sha ruwan. <verse eid="NUM 5:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 5:27"/>In ta ƙazantar da kanta ta kuma ci amanar mijinta, to, yayinda aka sa tă sha ruwa mai jawo la’ana, ruwan zai shiga cikinta, yă jawo mata wahala mai zafi; cikinta zai kumbura, cinyarta kuma yă shanye, tă kuwa zama la’ananniya a cikin mutanenta. <verse eid="NUM 5:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 5:28"/>Amma fa, in macen ba tă ƙazantar da kanta ba, ba tă kuma da ƙazanta, za a kuɓutar da ita daga laifin, za tă kuma iya haihuwa.<verse eid="NUM 5:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 5:29"/>“ ‘Wannan dai, ita ce dokar kishi sa’ad da mace ta kauce, ta kuma ƙazantar da kanta yayinda take aure da mijinta, <verse eid="NUM 5:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 5:30"/>ko kuma sa’ad da mijin yana kishi domin yana shakkar matarsa. Firist zai sa tă tsaya a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, yă kuma yi amfani da wannan doka gaba ɗaya a kanta. <verse eid="NUM 5:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 5:31"/>Mijin zai zama marar laifi daga kowane laifi, amma matar za tă ɗauki muguntarta, idan ta yi laifin.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 5:31"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 5"/>
  <chapter number="6" style="c" sid="NUM 6"/>
  <para style="s1">Banazare</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 6:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 6:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 6:2"/>“Yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘In mace, ko namiji yana so yă yi alkawari na musamman, alkawarin zaman keɓaɓɓe ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, a matsayin Banazare, <verse eid="NUM 6:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 6:3"/>dole yă keɓe kansa daga ruwan inabi, ko daga waɗansu abubuwa sha masu sa maye, kada kuma yă sha ruwan tsamin da aka yi daga ruwan inabi, ko daga waɗansu abubuwa sha masu sa maye. Ba zai sha ruwan ’ya’yan inabi, ko yă ci ’ya’yan inabi ɗanye ko busasshe ba. <verse eid="NUM 6:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 6:4"/>Muddin yana Banazare, ba zai ci wani abin da ya fito daga ’ya’yan inabi ba, ko ƙwayar inabi, ko ɓawonsa ma.<verse eid="NUM 6:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 6:5"/>“ ‘A dukan lokacin da yake a kan alkawarin keɓewarsa, reza ba zai taɓa kansa. Dole yă kasance da tsarki har ƙarshen keɓewarsa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>; tilas yă bar gashin kansa yă yi tsawo. <verse eid="NUM 6:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 6:6"/>A dukan kwanakin keɓewarsa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Banazarin ba zai yi kusa da gawa ba. <verse eid="NUM 6:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 6:7"/>Ko da ma gawar ta mahaifinsa ce, ko ta mahaifiyarsa, ko ta ɗan mahaifiyarsa, ko kuma ta ’yar’uwarsa ce, ba zai ƙazantar da kansa saboda su ba, domin alamar keɓewarsa ga Allah tana kansa. <verse eid="NUM 6:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 6:8"/>A dukan kwanakin keɓewarsa, an tsarkake shi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 6:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 6:9"/>“ ‘In farat ɗaya wani ya mutu kusa da shi, to, keɓewarsa ta ƙazantu, dole yă aske kansa a ranar tsarkakewarsa, a rana ta bakwai. <verse eid="NUM 6:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 6:10"/>Sa’an nan a rana ta takwas, tilas yă kawo wa firist ’yan kurciyoyi biyu, ko kuma ’yan tattabarai biyu a bakin ƙofar Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 6:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 6:11"/>Firist kuwa zai miƙa ɗaya don hadaya ta zunubi, ɗayan kuma don hadaya ta ƙonawa, yă yi kafara dominsa, gama ya yi zunubi ta dalilin gawar. A wannan rana zai sāke keɓe kansa. <verse eid="NUM 6:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 6:12"/>Dole yă keɓe kansa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, har kwanakin keɓewarsa, kuma dole yă kawo ɗan rago bana ɗaya a matsayin hadayar laifi. Kwanakin baya ba sa cikin lissafi, domin ya ƙazantu a lokacin keɓewarsa.<verse eid="NUM 6:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 6:13"/>“ ‘To, ga doka saboda Banazare sa’ad da kwanakin keɓewarsa suka gama. Za a kawo shi a bakin ƙofar Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 6:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 6:14"/>A can zai miƙa hadayunsa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Hadayun kuwa su ne, ɗan rago, bana ɗaya marar lahani don hadaya ta ƙonawa, ’yar tunkiya, bana ɗaya marar lahani na hadaya don zunubi, rago marar lahani don hadaya ta salama, <verse eid="NUM 6:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 6:15"/>tare da hadayu na hatsi da hadayu na sha, da kuma kwando burodi marar yisti, ƙosai da aka yi da lallausan gari kwaɓaɓɓe da mai, da kuma wainan da aka barbaɗa da mai.<verse eid="NUM 6:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 6:16"/>“ ‘Firist zai kawo su a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, yă miƙa hadaya don zunubi da hadaya ta ƙonawa. <verse eid="NUM 6:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 6:17"/>Zai miƙa kwandon burodi marar yisti, yă kuma miƙa ɗan ragon hadaya ta salama tare da hadaya ta gari, da hadaya ta sha ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 6:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 6:18"/>“ ‘Sa’an nan a ƙofar Tentin Sujada, dole Banazaren yă aske gashin da ya alamta keɓewarsa, yă kwashe gashin, yă zuba a cikin wutar da take ƙarƙashin hadaya ta salama.<verse eid="NUM 6:18"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 6:19"/>“ ‘Bayan Banazaren ya aske gashinsa da ya alamta keɓewa, firist zai ɗauki dafaffiyar kafaɗar rago, da ƙosai da kuma waina daga cikin kwando waɗanda duka biyu marar yisti ne, yă sa su a tafin hannun keɓaɓɓen. <verse eid="NUM 6:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 6:20"/>Firist zai kaɗa su a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, hadaya ce ta kaɗawa; mai tsarki ne kuma, zai zama na firist, tare da ƙirjin da aka kaɗa da kuma cinyar da aka kawo. Bayan haka, Banazaren zai iya shan ruwan inabi.<verse eid="NUM 6:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 6:21"/>“ ‘Wannan ita ce dokar Banazare wanda ya yi alkawari ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> bisa ga keɓewarsa, tare da duk abin da zai iya bayarwa. Tilas yă cika alkawarin da ya yi bisa ga dokar zaman Banazare.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 6:21"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Albarkar da firist zai sa wa jama’a</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 6:22"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 6:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 6:23"/>“Gaya wa Haruna da ’ya’yansa, ‘Ga yadda za ku albarkaci Isra’ilawa. Za ku ce musu,<verse eid="NUM 6:23"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 6:24"/>“ ‘ “<char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă albarkace ku,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 6:24">yă kuma kiyaye ku;<verse eid="NUM 6:24"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 6:25"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă sa fuskarsa ta haskaka a kanku,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 6:25">yă kuma yi muku alheri;<verse eid="NUM 6:25"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 6:26"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă dube ku da idon rahama,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 6:26">yă kuma ba ku salama.” ’<verse eid="NUM 6:26"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 6:27"/>“Da haka za su sa sunana a kan Isra’ilawa, ni kuma zan albarkace su.”<verse eid="NUM 6:27"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 6"/>
  <chapter number="7" style="c" sid="NUM 7"/>
  <para style="s1">Hadayu a keɓewar tabanakul</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 7:1"/>Sa’ad da Musa ya gama kafa tabanakul, sai ya shafe shi da mai, ya tsarkake shi tare da dukan kayayyakinsa, ya kuma shafe bagaden da mai, ya tsarkake shi da dukan kayayyakinsa. <verse eid="NUM 7:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 7:2"/>Sa’an nan shugabannin Isra’ila, wato, shugabannin iyalai waɗanda suke shugabancin kabilan da aka ƙidaya, suka miƙa hadayu. <verse eid="NUM 7:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 7:3"/>Suka kawo kyautansu a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Kyautayin kuwa su ne, kekunan yaƙi shida da aka rufe, da shanu goma sha biyu, saniya guda daga kowane shugaba, da kuma keken yaƙi guda daga shugabanni biyu. Suka miƙa waɗannan a gaban tabanakul.<verse eid="NUM 7:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 7:4"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 7:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 7:5"/>“Ka karɓi abubuwan nan daga gare su, domin a yi amfani da su a aikin Tentin Sujada. Ka ba da su ga Lawiyawa, a ba kowane mutum bisa ga aikinsa.”<verse eid="NUM 7:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 7:6"/>Haka fa Musa ya ɗauki kekunan yaƙi da shanun ya ba wa Lawiyawa. <verse eid="NUM 7:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 7:7"/>Ya ba wa Gershonawa, kekunan yaƙi biyu da shanu huɗu bisa ga aikinsu, <verse eid="NUM 7:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 7:8"/>ya kuma ya ba wa kabilar Merari kekunan yaƙi huɗu da shanu takwas bisa ga aikinsu. Aka ba da su duka a ƙarƙashin ikon Itamar ɗan Haruna, firist. <verse eid="NUM 7:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 7:9"/>Amma Musa bai ba wa Kohatawa kome ba, gama aikinsu shi ne lura da kayayyaki masu tsarki waɗanda ake ɗauka a kafaɗa.<verse eid="NUM 7:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 7:10"/>Sa’ad da aka shafe bagaden da mai, sai shugabannin suka kawo hadayunsu saboda keɓewarsa, suka miƙa su a bagaden. <verse eid="NUM 7:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 7:11"/>Gama <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya riga ya gaya wa Musa cewa, “Kowace rana, shugaba guda zai kawo hadayarsa saboda keɓewar bagade.”<verse eid="NUM 7:11"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 7:12"/>Wanda ya kawo hadayarsa a rana ta farko shi ne Nashon ɗan Amminadab, shugaban mutanen Yahuda.<verse eid="NUM 7:12"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 7:13"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:13">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri ne, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:13"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 7:14"/>ya kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya, mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:14"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 7:15"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:15"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 7:16"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:16"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 7:17"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:17">Wannan ita ce hadayar Nashon ɗan Amminadab.<verse eid="NUM 7:17"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 7:18"/>A rana ta biyu, Netanel ɗan Zuwar, shugaban mutanen Issakar, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:18"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 7:19"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:19">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:19"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 7:20"/>ya kuma kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel, goma cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:20"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 7:21"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:21"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 7:22"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:22"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 7:23"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:23">Wannan ita ce hadayar Netanel ɗan Zuwar.<verse eid="NUM 7:23"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 7:24"/>A rana ta uku, Eliyab ɗan Helon, shugaban mutanen Zebulun, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:24"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 7:25"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:25">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:25"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 7:26"/>ya kuma kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya, mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:26"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 7:27"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:27"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 7:28"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:28"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 7:29"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:29">Wannan ita ce hadayar Eliyab ɗan Helon.<verse eid="NUM 7:29"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 7:30"/>A ranan ta huɗu, Elizur ɗan Shedeyur, shugaban mutanen Ruben, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:30"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 7:31"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:31">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:31"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 7:32"/>ya kuma kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:32"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 7:33"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:33"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 7:34"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:34"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 7:35"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:35">Wannan ita ce hadayar Elizur ɗan Shedeyur.<verse eid="NUM 7:35"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 7:36"/>A rana ta biyar, Shelumiyel ɗan Zurishaddai, shugaban mutanen Simeyon, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:36"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 7:37"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:37">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:37"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 7:38"/>ya kuma kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:38"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 7:39"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:39"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 7:40"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:40"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 7:41"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:41">Wannan ita ce hadayar Shelumiyel ɗan Zurishaddai.<verse eid="NUM 7:41"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 7:42"/>A rana ta shida, Eliyasaf ɗan Deyuwel, shugaban mutanen Gad, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:42"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 7:43"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:43">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:43"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 7:44"/>ya kuma kawo kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:44"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 7:45"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:45"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 7:46"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:46"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 7:47"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:47">Wannan ita ce hadayar Eliyasaf ɗan Deyuwel.<verse eid="NUM 7:47"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 7:48"/>A rana ta bakwai, Elishama ɗan Ammihud, shugaban mutanen Efraim, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:48"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 7:49"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:49">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:49"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 7:50"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:50"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 7:51"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:51"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="52" style="v" sid="NUM 7:52"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:52"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="53" style="v" sid="NUM 7:53"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:53">Wannan ita ce hadayar Elishama ɗan Ammihud.<verse eid="NUM 7:53"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="54" style="v" sid="NUM 7:54"/>A rana ta takwas, Gamaliyel ɗan Fedazur, shugaban mutanen Manasse, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:54"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="55" style="v" sid="NUM 7:55"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:55">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:55"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="56" style="v" sid="NUM 7:56"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:56"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="57" style="v" sid="NUM 7:57"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:57"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="58" style="v" sid="NUM 7:58"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:58"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="59" style="v" sid="NUM 7:59"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:59">Wannan ita ce hadayar Gamaliyel ɗan Fedazur.<verse eid="NUM 7:59"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="60" style="v" sid="NUM 7:60"/>A rana ta tara, Abidan ɗan Gideyoni, shugaban mutanen Benyamin, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:60"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="61" style="v" sid="NUM 7:61"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:61">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:61"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="62" style="v" sid="NUM 7:62"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:62"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="63" style="v" sid="NUM 7:63"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:63"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="64" style="v" sid="NUM 7:64"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:64"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="65" style="v" sid="NUM 7:65"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:65">Wannan ita ce hadayar Abidan ɗan Gideyoni.<verse eid="NUM 7:65"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="66" style="v" sid="NUM 7:66"/>A rana ta goma, Ahiyezer ɗan Ammishaddai, shugaban mutanen Dan, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:66"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="67" style="v" sid="NUM 7:67"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:67">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:67"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="68" style="v" sid="NUM 7:68"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:68"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="69" style="v" sid="NUM 7:69"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:69"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="70" style="v" sid="NUM 7:70"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:70"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="71" style="v" sid="NUM 7:71"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:71">Wannan ita ce hadayar Ahiyezer ɗan Ammishaddai.<verse eid="NUM 7:71"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="72" style="v" sid="NUM 7:72"/>A rana ta goma sha ɗaya, Fagiyel ɗan Okran, shugaban mutanen Asher, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:72"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="73" style="v" sid="NUM 7:73"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:73">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:73"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="74" style="v" sid="NUM 7:74"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:74"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="75" style="v" sid="NUM 7:75"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:75"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="76" style="v" sid="NUM 7:76"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:76"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="77" style="v" sid="NUM 7:77"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:77">Wannan ita ce hadayar Fagiyel ɗan Okran.<verse eid="NUM 7:77"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="78" style="v" sid="NUM 7:78"/>A rana ta goma sha biyu, Ahira ɗan Enan, shugaban mutanen Naftali, ya kawo hadayarsa.<verse eid="NUM 7:78"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="79" style="v" sid="NUM 7:79"/>Hadayar da ya kawo ita ce,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:79">faranti guda ɗaya na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel ɗari ɗaya da talatin, da kuma daro na yayyafawa na azurfa, nauyinsa shekel saba’in, dukan biyu, an auna su bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri, kowannensu cike da lallausan gari, haɗe da mai kamar hadaya ta gari;<verse eid="NUM 7:79"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="80" style="v" sid="NUM 7:80"/>kwanon zinariya ɗaya mai nauyin shekel goma, cike da turaren hayaƙi;<verse eid="NUM 7:80"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="81" style="v" sid="NUM 7:81"/>da ƙaramin bijimi guda ɗaya, tunkiya ɗaya, da rago, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa;<verse eid="NUM 7:81"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="82" style="v" sid="NUM 7:82"/>ya kuma kawo bunsuru ɗaya domin hadaya don zunubi;<verse eid="NUM 7:82"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="83" style="v" sid="NUM 7:83"/>da shanu biyu, raguna biyar, bunsurai biyar da kuma ’yan raguna biyar, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, a miƙa su hadaya ta salama.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:83">Wannan ita ce hadayar Ahira ɗan Enan.<verse eid="NUM 7:83"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="84" style="v" sid="NUM 7:84"/>Waɗannan su ne hadayun shugabannin Isra’ilawa saboda keɓewar bagade sa’ad da aka shafe shi,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 7:84">an kawo faranta goma sha biyu na azurfa, darunan goma sha biyu na azurfa don yayyafawa, da kuma kwanonin zinariya goma sha biyu. <verse eid="NUM 7:84"/><verse number="85" style="v" sid="NUM 7:85"/>Kowane faranti na azurfa yana da nauyin shekel ɗari da talatin, kuma kowane daro na azurfa don yayyafawa yana da nauyin shekel saba’in. Duka-duka dai, nauyin kwanonin azurfa, shekel dubu biyu ne da ɗari huɗu, bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri. <verse eid="NUM 7:85"/><verse number="86" style="v" sid="NUM 7:86"/>Kwanonin zinariya goma sha biyu da aka cika da turaren hayaƙi kuwa, nauyinsu shekel goma ne kowanne, bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri. Duka-duka dai, nauyin kwanonin zinariya, shekel ɗari ɗaya ne da ashirin.<verse eid="NUM 7:86"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="87" style="v" sid="NUM 7:87"/>Jimillar dabbobi don hadaya ta ƙonawa, ta kai ƙanana bijimai goma sha biyu, raguna goma sha biyu da ’yan raguna goma sha biyu, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya, tare da hadayarsu ta hatsi. Aka yi amfani da bunsurai goma sha biyu domin hadaya don zunubi.<verse eid="NUM 7:87"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="88" style="v" sid="NUM 7:88"/>Jimillar dabbobi don hadaya ta salama, ta kai shanu ashirin huɗu, raguna sittin, bunsurai sittin da kuma ’yan raguna sittin, dukansu bana ɗaya-ɗaya.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 7:88"/>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 7:88">Waɗannan su ne hadayu saboda keɓewar bagade, bayan an shafe shi.<verse eid="NUM 7:88"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="89" style="v" sid="NUM 7:89"/>Sa’ad da Musa ya shiga Tentin Sujada don yă yi magana da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, sai ya ji murya tana magana da shi daga tsakanin kerubobi biyu a bisa murfin akwatin Alkawari. A ta haka <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi masa magana.<verse eid="NUM 7:89"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 7"/>
  <chapter number="8" style="c" sid="NUM 8"/>
  <para style="s1">Shiryawa fitilu</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 8:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 8:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 8:2"/>“Yi magana da Haruna, ka ce masa, ‘Sa’ad da za ka shisshirya fitilun nan bakwai, ka shirya su yadda za su fuskanci gaba domin haskensu yă haskaka ta gaba.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 8:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 8:3"/>Haka kuwa Haruna ya yi; ya shisshirya fitilun yadda za su fuskanci gaba a kan wurin ajiye fitilan, kamar dai yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. <verse eid="NUM 8:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 8:4"/>Ga yadda aka yi wurin ajiye fitilan. An ƙera shi da zinariya daga gindinsa har zuwa sama inda ya buɗu. Aka ƙera wurin ajiye fitilan yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya nuna wa Musa.<verse eid="NUM 8:4"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Keɓewar Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 8:5"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 8:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 8:6"/>“Keɓe Lawiyawa daga sauran Isra’ilawa, ka tsarkake su. <verse eid="NUM 8:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 8:7"/>Ga yadda za ka tsarkake su, ka yayyafa musu ruwan tsarkakewa; ka sa su aske jikunansu duka su kuma wanke tufafinsu, ta haka za su tsarkake kansu. <verse eid="NUM 8:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 8:8"/>Ka sa su ɗauki ɗan bijimi tare da lallausan garin hadaya, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; sa’an nan, kai kuma ka ɗauki ɗan bijimi na biyu na hadaya don zunubi. <verse eid="NUM 8:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 8:9"/>Ka kawo Lawiyawa a gaban Tentin Sujada, ka kuma kira taron Isra’ilawa duka. <verse eid="NUM 8:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 8:10"/>Za ka kawo Lawiyawa a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Isra’ilawa kuma za su ɗibiya musu hannuwansu. <verse eid="NUM 8:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 8:11"/>Haruna zai miƙa Lawiyawa a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a matsayin hadaya ta kaɗawa daga Isra’ilawa, saboda a shirya su domin aikin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 8:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 8:12"/>“Bayan Lawiyawa sun ɗibiya hannuwansu a kan bijiman, sai ka yi amfani da ɗaya a matsayin hadaya don zunubi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ɗayan kuma domin hadaya ta ƙonawa, don yin kafara saboda Lawiyawa. <verse eid="NUM 8:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 8:13"/>Ka kuma sa Lawiyawa su tsaya a gaban Haruna da ’ya’yansa, sai ka miƙa su kamar hadaya ta kaɗawa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 8:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 8:14"/>Da haka za ka keɓe Lawiyawa daga sauran Isra’ilawa, Lawiyawa za su zama nawa.<verse eid="NUM 8:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 8:15"/>“Bayan ka tsarkake Lawiyawa, ka kuma miƙa su kamar hadaya ta kaɗawa, sai su zo su yi aikinsu a Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 8:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 8:16"/>Gama dukansu an ba ni su daga cikin Isra’ilawa a maimakon dukan waɗanda suka fara buɗe mahaifa, wato, dukan ’ya’yan farin Isra’ilawa. Na karɓi Lawiyawa su zama nawa. <verse eid="NUM 8:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 8:17"/>Kowane ɗan farin haihuwa, ko mutum, ko dabba a Isra’ila, nawa ne. Sa’ad da na kashe ’ya’yan fari a Masar, na keɓe ’ya’yan fari na Isra’ilawa wa kaina. <verse eid="NUM 8:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 8:18"/>Na kuma ɗauki Lawiyawa a maimakon dukan ’ya’yan fari maza a Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 8:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 8:19"/>Cikin dukan Isra’ilawa, na ba da Lawiyawa kyauta ga Haruna da ’ya’yansa, su yi hidima a Tentin Sujada a madadin Isra’ilawa, su kuma yi kafara dominsu saboda kada annoba ta bugi Isra’ilawa sa’ad da suka je kusa da wuri mai tsarki.”<verse eid="NUM 8:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 8:20"/>Musa, Haruna da kuma dukan taron Isra’ilawa, suka yi da Lawiyawa yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. <verse eid="NUM 8:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 8:21"/>Lawiyawa suka tsarkake kansu, suka kuma wanke tufafinsu. Sai Haruna ya miƙa su kamar hadaya ta kaɗawa a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ya kuma yi kafara saboda su don yă tsarkake su. <verse eid="NUM 8:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 8:22"/>Bayan haka, sai Lawiyawa suka zo don su yi aikinsu a Tentin Sujada, a ƙarƙashin Haruna da ’ya’yansa. Suka yi da Lawiyawa kamar dai yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 8:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 8:23"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 8:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 8:24"/>“Wannan ya shafi Lawiyawa ne, wato, mazan da suka kai shekara ashirin da biyar, ko fiye, za su zo su yi aiki a Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 8:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 8:25"/>amma in suka kai shekaru hamsin da haihuwa, dole su huta daga wannan aiki na yau da kullum, su kuma daina aiki. <verse eid="NUM 8:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 8:26"/>Za su iya taimakon ’yan’uwansu cikin tafiyar da ayyuka a Tentin Sujada, amma su kansu ba za su yi aikin ba. Haka fa za ka ba wa Lawiyawa aikinsu.”<verse eid="NUM 8:26"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 8"/>
  <chapter number="9" style="c" sid="NUM 9"/>
  <para style="s1">Bikin Ƙetarewa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 9:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa a Hamadar Sinai, a watan farko na shekara ta biyu bayan fitarsu daga ƙasar Masar. Ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 9:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 9:2"/>“Ka sa Isra’ilawa su yi Bikin Ƙetarewa a ƙayyadadden lokaci. <verse eid="NUM 9:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 9:3"/>A yi wannan bikin ƙayyadadden lokaci da yamma, a rana ta goma sha huɗu ga wannan wata, a yi shi bisa ga dokokinsa da ƙa’idodinsa.”<verse eid="NUM 9:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 9:4"/>Saboda haka sai Musa ya gaya wa Isra’ilawa su yi Bikin Ƙetarewa, <verse eid="NUM 9:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 9:5"/>suka kuwa yi haka a Hamadar Sinai da yamma, a rana ta sha huɗu ga watan farko. Isra’ilawa suka yi dukan abubuwa yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 9:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 9:6"/>Amma waɗansunsu ba su iya yin Bikin Ƙetarewa a ranar ba gama sun ƙazantu ta wurin taɓa gawa. Saboda haka suka zo wurin Musa da Haruna a wannan rana <verse eid="NUM 9:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 9:7"/>suka ce wa Musa, “Mun ƙazantu saboda mun taɓa gawa, don me aka hana mu mu ba da hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> tare da sauran Isra’ilawa a ƙayyadadden lokaci?”<verse eid="NUM 9:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 9:8"/>Musa ya amsa musu ya ce, “Ku dakata sai na sami umarni daga wurin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> game da ku.”<verse eid="NUM 9:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 9:9"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 9:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 9:10"/>“Gaya wa Isra’ilawa cewa, ‘Sa’ad da waninku ko zuriyarku ya ƙazantu ta wurin taɓa gawa, ko kuwa ya yi tafiya mai nisa, duk da haka zai kiyaye Bikin Ƙetarewa ta <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 9:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 9:11"/>Za su yi bikin da yamma, a rana ta sha huɗu ga wata na biyu. Za su ci naman tunkiya, tare da burodi marar yisti, da ganyaye masu ɗaci. <verse eid="NUM 9:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 9:12"/>Kada su bar kome daga cikinsa yă kai safe, ko a karye ƙashinsa. Sa’ad da suke Bikin Ƙetarewa, dole su kiyaye dukan ƙa’idodinsa. <verse eid="NUM 9:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 9:13"/>Amma in mutumin da yake da tsarki bai kuma yi tafiya ba, ya kuwa ƙi yă yi Bikin Ƙetarewar, dole a ware wannan mutum daga mutanensa, domin bai miƙa hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a ƙayyadadden lokaci ba. Wannan mutum zai ɗauki alhakin zunubinsa.<verse eid="NUM 9:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 9:14"/>“ ‘Baƙon da yake zaune a cikinku wanda yake so yă yi Bikin Ƙetarewar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, dole yă yi shi bisa ga dokokinsa da ƙa’idodinsa. Dole ku kasance da ƙa’ida ɗaya ga baƙo da kuma ɗan ƙasa.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 9:14"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Girgije a bisa tabanakul</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="EXO 40:34-38">Fitowa 40.34-38</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 9:15"/>A ranar da aka kafa Tenti na Alkawari, sai girgije ya rufe shi. Daga yamma har safe, girgijen da yake bisa tabanakul ya yi kama da wuta. <verse eid="NUM 9:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 9:16"/>Haka ya ci gaba da kasancewa; girgijen ya rufe shi, da dare kuma sai ya yi kamar wuta. <verse eid="NUM 9:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 9:17"/>Duk sa’ad da aka ɗaga girgijen daga Tentin, sai Isra’ilawa su kama hanya; duk inda girgijen ya tsaya, a nan Isra’ilawa za su yi sansani. <verse eid="NUM 9:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 9:18"/>Da umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Isra’ilawa suke tashi. Da umarninsa kuma suke sauka. Muddin girgijen yana tsaye a bisa tabanakul, sukan yi ta zamansu a sansanoni. <verse eid="NUM 9:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 9:19"/>Sa’ad da girgijen ya ci gaba da kasancewa a bisan tabanakul na dogon lokaci, Isra’ilawa sukan bi umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ba kuwa za su tashi ba. <verse eid="NUM 9:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 9:20"/>Wani lokaci girgijen yakan yi ’yan kwanaki ne kawai a bisa tabanakul; da umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> sukan kafa sansani da umarninsa kuma su tashi. <verse eid="NUM 9:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 9:21"/>Wani lokaci girgijen yakan zauna daga yamma har safiya ne kawai, sa’ad da kuma aka ɗaga shi da safe, sai su kama hanya. Ko da rana, ko da dare, duk sa’ad da aka ɗaga girgijen, sai su ma su tashi. <verse eid="NUM 9:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 9:22"/>Ko girgijen ya yi kwana biyu a bisa tabanakul, ko wata guda, ko shekara, Isra’ilawa za su zauna a sansani ba kuwa za su tashi ba; amma sa’ad da aka ɗaga shi, sai su kuma su tashi. <verse eid="NUM 9:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 9:23"/>Da umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> sukan kafa sansani, da umarninsa kuma sukan tashi. Sukan bi umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, bisa ga umarninsa ta wurin Musa.<verse eid="NUM 9:23"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 9"/>
  <chapter number="10" style="c" sid="NUM 10"/>
  <para style="s1">Kakakin azurfa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 10:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 10:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 10:2"/>“Ka ƙera kakaki guda biyu na azurfa, ka kuma yi amfani da su don kira taron jama’a wuri ɗaya, don kuma ka riƙa sanar da su lokacin tashi daga sansani. <verse eid="NUM 10:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 10:3"/>Sa’ad da aka busa su biyu, dukan jama’a za su taru a gabanka a ƙofar Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 10:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 10:4"/>In ɗaya ne kaɗai aka busa, sai shugabannin kabilan Isra’ila, su taru a gabanka. <verse eid="NUM 10:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 10:5"/>Sa’ad da aka ji karar busar kakaki, sai sansanin da yake a gabashi, su kama hanya. <verse eid="NUM 10:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 10:6"/>A kara ta biyu, sansanin da yake a kudanci, su kama hanya. Busan kakaki zai zama alama ta kama hanya. <verse eid="NUM 10:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 10:7"/>In don a tara jama’a ne, sai a busa kakaki, amma ba da irin alama ɗaya ba.<verse eid="NUM 10:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 10:8"/>“’Ya’yan Haruna, firistoci ne, za su busa kakaki. Wannan za tă zama dawwammamiyar farilla gare ku da kuma tsararraki masu zuwa. <verse eid="NUM 10:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 10:9"/>Duk lokacin da za ku tafi yaƙi a ƙasarku, in akwai waɗansu da suke matsa muku, za ku yi amfani da waɗannan kakaki ta wurin hura su, alama ce, cewa za a je yaƙi. Sa’an nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahnku zai tuna da ku, yă cece ku daga maƙiyanku. <verse eid="NUM 10:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 10:10"/>Haka ma in kuna cikin jin daɗinku, musamman lokacin da kuke bukukkuwanku, kamar Bikin Sabon Wata da dai kowane Bikinku, za ku hura waɗannan kakaki lokacin da kuke miƙa hadayunku na ƙonawa, da hadayunku na salama, za su kuma zama muku abin tunawa a gaban Allahnku. Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahnku.”<verse eid="NUM 10:10"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Isra’ilawa sun bar Sinai</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 10:11"/>A rana ta ashirin ga wata na biyu, a shekara ta biyu, sai girgijen ya tashi daga tabanakul na Shaida. <verse eid="NUM 10:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 10:12"/>Sai Isra’ilawa suka tashi daki-daki daga Hamadar Sinai, suna tafiya daga wuri zuwa wuri, har sai da girgijen ya tsaya a Hamadar Faran. <verse eid="NUM 10:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 10:13"/>Suka kama hanya, a wannan lokaci, bisa umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ta wurin Musa.<verse eid="NUM 10:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 10:14"/>Ɓangarorin sansanin Yahuda suka fara tashi, bisa ga ƙa’idar da aka yi, aka kuma umarta. Nashon ɗan Amminadab ne shugaba. <verse eid="NUM 10:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 10:15"/>Netanel ɗan Zuwar ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Issakar, <verse eid="NUM 10:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 10:16"/>Eliyab ɗan Helon kuma shi ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Zebulun. <verse eid="NUM 10:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 10:17"/>Sa’an nan aka saukar da tabanakul ƙasa, Gershonawa da mutanen Merari da suke ɗauke da shi suka kama hanya.<verse eid="NUM 10:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 10:18"/>Sai ɓangarori sansanin Ruben suka biyo, bisa ga ƙa’idar da aka yi, aka kuma umarta. Elizur ɗan Shedeyur ne shugaba. <verse eid="NUM 10:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 10:19"/>Shelumiyel ɗan Zurishaddai ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Simeyon, <verse eid="NUM 10:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 10:20"/>Eliyasaf ɗan Deyuwel kuma shi ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Gad. <verse eid="NUM 10:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 10:21"/>Sai Kohatawa suka kama hanya, ɗauke da kayayyaki masu tsarki, domin kafin su kai wurin da za a kafa sansani, a riga an kafa tabanakul.<verse eid="NUM 10:21"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 10:22"/>Biye da waɗannan kuma sai ɓangaren sansanin kabilar Efraim suka biyo bisa ga ƙa’ida da aka yi, aka kuma umarta. Elishama ɗan Ammihud ne shugaba. <verse eid="NUM 10:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 10:23"/>Gamaliyel ɗan Fedazur ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Manasse, <verse eid="NUM 10:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 10:24"/>Abidan ɗan Gideyoni kuma shi ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilar Benyamin.<verse eid="NUM 10:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 10:25"/>A ƙarshe, a matsayi masu gadin bayan dukan ɓangarori, sai ɓangaren sansanin Dan suka tashi bisa ga ƙa’idar da aka yi, aka kuma umarta. Ahiyezer ɗan Ammishaddai ne shugaba. <verse eid="NUM 10:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 10:26"/>Fagiyel ɗan Okran ne shugaban ɓangaren kabilan Asher, <verse eid="NUM 10:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 10:27"/>Ahira ɗan Enan kuma shi ne shugaban kabilar Naftali. <verse eid="NUM 10:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 10:28"/>Wannan shi ne tsarin tafiyar ɓangarorin Isra’ilawa, sa’ad da sukan kama hanya.<verse eid="NUM 10:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 10:29"/>Sai Musa ya ce wa Hobab ɗan Reyuwel Bamidiyane surukinsa, “Yanzu fa, muna shirin tashi ne daga nan, domin mu tafi inda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce, ‘Zan ba ku.’ Ka zo tare da mu, za mu kuwa yi maka alheri, gama <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi wa Isra’ilawa alkawari abubuwa masu kyau.”<verse eid="NUM 10:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 10:30"/>Ya amsa, ya ce “A’a, ba zan tafi ba; zan koma ƙasata da kuma wurin mutanena.”<verse eid="NUM 10:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 10:31"/>Amma Musa ya ce, “Ina roƙonka kada ka rabu da mu. Ka san inda ya kamata mu kafa sansani a hamada, za ka kuma zama idanunmu. <verse eid="NUM 10:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 10:32"/>In ka zo tare da mu, za mu raba duk abin alherin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba mu tare da kai.”<verse eid="NUM 10:32"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 10:33"/>Saboda haka suka kama hanya daga dutsen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, suka yi tafiya kwana uku. Akwatin alkawarin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ja gabansu a waɗannan kwanaki uku, don yă samo musu masauƙi. <verse eid="NUM 10:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 10:34"/>A duk lokacin da suka tashi daga sansani, girgijen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya inuwantar da su da rana.<verse eid="NUM 10:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 10:35"/>Duk kuma sa’ad da akwatin ya kama hanya, sai Musa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 10:35">“Ka tashi, ya <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>!</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 10:35">Ka sa maƙiyanka su warwatse;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 10:35">masu ƙinka kuma su gudu a gabanka.”<verse eid="NUM 10:35"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 10:36"/>Duk sa’ad da akwatin ya sauka kuma, sai Musa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 10:36">“Ka komo, ya <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 10:36">a wurin dubban da ba a iya ƙidayawa na iyalan Isra’ila.”<verse eid="NUM 10:36"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 10"/>
  <chapter number="11" style="c" sid="NUM 11"/>
  <para style="s1">Wuta daga wurin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 11:1"/>Da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ji gunagunin da mutanen suke yi saboda wahalarsu, sai ya husata ƙwarai. Sai wuta daga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta yi ta ci a cikinsu har ta ƙone waɗansu wurare na sansanin. <verse eid="NUM 11:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 11:2"/>Da jama’ar suka yi wa Musa kuka, sai ya yi addu’a ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, wutar kuwa ta mutu. <verse eid="NUM 11:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 11:3"/>Saboda haka aka kira wannan wuri Tabera, gama a wurin ne wuta daga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta ƙuna a cikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 11:3"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Makware daga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 11:4"/>Wata rana, baƙin da suke cikinsu, suka fara kwaɗayin waɗansu abinci, har suka sa Isra’ilawa suka fara kuka, suna cewa, “Da mun sami nama mun ci mana! <verse eid="NUM 11:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 11:5"/>Mun tuna da kifin da muka ci kyauta a Masar, haka ma kayan lambu irin su kukumba, guna, safa, albasa da kuma tafarnuwa. <verse eid="NUM 11:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 11:6"/>Amma ga shi yanzu ba mu da wani abin marmari; in ba wannan Manna ba!”<verse eid="NUM 11:6"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 11:7"/>Manna kuwa kamar tsabar riɗi take, kamanninta kuma kamar ƙaro ne. <verse eid="NUM 11:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 11:8"/>Mutane sukan fita su tattara ta, su niƙa a dutsen niƙa, ko kuwa su daka a turmi. Su dafa, ko su yi waina da ita. Ɗanɗanonta yakan yi kamar abin da aka yi da man zaitun. <verse eid="NUM 11:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 11:9"/>Sa’ad da raɓa tana saukowa da dad dare a kan sansani, Manna ma takan sauko.<verse eid="NUM 11:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 11:10"/>Musa ya ji mutanen suna ta gunaguni ko’ina a cikin iyalansu, kowane mutum a ƙofar tentinsa. <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya husata ƙwarai, sai Musa ya damu. <verse eid="NUM 11:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 11:11"/>Sai ya ce wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, “Me ya sa ka kawo wannan damuwar a kan bawanka? Me na yi da ya ɓata maka rai har ka ɗora dukan nauyin mutanen nan a kaina? <verse eid="NUM 11:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 11:12"/>Ni ne na yi cikin dukan mutanen nan? Ni ne na haife su? To, me ya sa ka ce in ɗauke su a ƙirjina kamar yadda mai reno yake rungume jariri, zuwa ƙasa wadda ka yi alkawari da rantsuwa za ka ba wa kakanninsu? <verse eid="NUM 11:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 11:13"/>Ina ne zan sami nama in waɗannan mutane? Sun dinga yin mini kuka suna cewa ‘Ka ba mu nama mu ci!’ <verse eid="NUM 11:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 11:14"/>Ba zan iya ɗaukan dukan mutanen nan ni kaɗai ba, nauyin ya yi mini yawa. <verse eid="NUM 11:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 11:15"/>In haka za ka yi da ni, ka kashe ni yanzu, in na sami tagomashi daga gare ka, kada ka bar ni in rayu in ga wannan baƙin ciki.”<verse eid="NUM 11:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 11:16"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka tattaro mini dattawa saba’in daga cikin mutanen Isra’ila, waɗanda aka sani su ne dattawa da kuma shugabanni a cikin jama’a. Ka sa su zo Tentin Sujada, su tsaya a can tare da kai. <verse eid="NUM 11:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 11:17"/>Zan sauko in yi magana da kai a can, zan kuma ɗauki Ruhun da yake kanka in mai da shi wajensu. Za su taimake ka ɗaukan nauyin mutane, don yă zama ba kai kaɗai ba ne mai ɗaukan kaya.<verse eid="NUM 11:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 11:18"/>“Ka gaya wa mutane, ‘Ku tsarkake kanku don gobe, za ku ci nama. <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ji ku sa’ad da kuka yi kuka cewa, “Da mun sami nama mun ci mana! Ai, da ba mu da damuwa, gama lokacin da muke zama cikin Masar ba mu da damuwa!” Yanzu <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> zai ba ku nama, za ku kuma ci. <verse eid="NUM 11:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 11:19"/>Ba za ku ci shi na kwana ɗaya, ko biyu, ko biyar, ko goma, ko kuma kwana ashirin kaɗai ba, <verse eid="NUM 11:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 11:20"/>amma za ku ci har na wata guda cur, sai ya gundure ku a hanci har ku yi ƙyamarsa, domin kun ƙi <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> wanda yake cikinku, kuka yi kuka a gabansa, kuna cewa, “Don me ma muka bar ƙasar Masar?” ’ ”<verse eid="NUM 11:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 11:21"/>Amma Musa ya ce, “Ga ni a cikin mutane dubu ɗari shida tafe tare da ni, kana kuma cewa, ‘Zan ba su nama su ci har wata guda cur!’ <verse eid="NUM 11:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 11:22"/>Za su ma sami isashe in har aka yanka musu garkuna tumaki da na shanu? Za su sami isashe in aka kama musu dukan kifin teku?”<verse eid="NUM 11:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 11:23"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Akwai abin da ya fi ƙarfina ne? Bari ka gani ko abin da na ce zan yi, zai faru ko babu.”<verse eid="NUM 11:23"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 11:24"/>Saboda haka Musa ya fita ya gaya wa jama’a abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya faɗa. Ya tattaro dattawansu saba’in, ya sa suka tsaya kewaye da Tentin Sujada.<verse eid="NUM 11:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 11:25"/>Sa’an nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sauko daga girgije, ya yi magana da shi, ya kuma ɗauke Ruhun da yake kan Musa ya ɗora shi a kan dattawa saba’in nan. Sa’ad da Ruhun ya zauna a kansu, sai suka yi annabci, amma daga wannan ba su ƙara yin haka kuma ba.<verse eid="NUM 11:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 11:26"/>To, fa, akwai dattawa biyu da suka kasance a sansani, wato, Eldad da Medad. Su ma an lasafta su cikin dattawan, amma ba su fita zuwa Tentin Sujada ba. Duk da haka Ruhun ya sauka a kansu, suka kuma yi annabci a cikin sansanin. <verse eid="NUM 11:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 11:27"/>Wani saurayi ya sheƙa a guje zuwa wajen Musa ya ce, “Eldad da Medad suna can suna annabci a sansani.”<verse eid="NUM 11:27"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 11:28"/>Sai Yoshuwa ɗan Nun, wanda yake mataimakin Musa tun yana saurayi, ya amsa ya ce, “Ranka yă daɗe, Musa, ka hana su!”<verse eid="NUM 11:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 11:29"/>Amma Musa ya amsa ya ce, “Kana kishi domina ne? Da ma a ce dukan mutanen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> annabawa ne, da ma a kuma ce <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sa Ruhunsa a kansu mana!” <verse eid="NUM 11:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 11:30"/>Sai Musa da dattawan Isra’ila suka koma sansani.<verse eid="NUM 11:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 11:31"/>Ana nan, sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya kawo wata iska mai tsanani ta koro makware daga teku. Ta bar su birjik kewaye da sansani, tsayinsu daga ƙasa ya kai kamu biyu, misalin tafiyar nisan yini guda ta kowace fuska. <verse eid="NUM 11:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 11:32"/>Dukan yini da dukan dare da kuma kashegari, mutane suka fito suka tattara makware. Ba wanda ya kāsa tara ƙasa da garwa goma. Sai suka shanya abinsu kewaye da sansanin. <verse eid="NUM 11:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 11:33"/>Amma da suna cikin cin naman, tun ba su ma haɗiye ba, sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya husata sosai a kan jama’ar, ya buge su da annoba mai zafi. <verse eid="NUM 11:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 11:34"/>Saboda haka aka kira wannan wuri Kibrot Hatta’awa,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">11.34 </char><char style="fq" closed="false">Kibrot Hatta’awa </char><char style="ft" closed="false">yana nufin </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">makabartan kwaɗayi.</char></note> gama a can ne aka binne mutanen nan makwaɗaita.<verse eid="NUM 11:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 11:35"/>Daga Kibrot Hatta’awa, mutane suka yi tafiya zuwa Hazerot, a can suka sauka.<verse eid="NUM 11:35"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 11"/>
  <chapter number="12" style="c" sid="NUM 12"/>
  <para style="s1">Miriyam da Haruna sun tayar wa Musa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 12:1"/>Miriyam da Haruna suka fara zargin Musa saboda matarsa ’yar ƙasar Kush da ya aura. <verse eid="NUM 12:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 12:2"/>Suka ce, “<char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana ta wurin Musa ne kaɗai? Ashe, bai yi magana ta wurinmu mu ma ba?” <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya ji wannan.<verse eid="NUM 12:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 12:3"/>(Musa kuwa mutum ne mai tawali’u ƙwarai, mafi tawali’u fiye da kowane mutum a duniya.)<verse eid="NUM 12:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 12:4"/>Nan da nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, da Haruna da kuma Miriyam, “Ku fita ku tafi Tentin Sujada, dukanku uku.” Sai dukansu uku suka tafi. <verse eid="NUM 12:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 12:5"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sauko a cikin ginshiƙin girgije; ya tsaya a bakin ƙofar Tenti, ya kira Haruna da Miriyam. Sa’ad da su biyu suka gusa gaba, <verse eid="NUM 12:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 12:6"/>sai ya ce, “Ku ji abin da zan faɗa,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 12:6">“Duk lokacin da akwai annabin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a cikinku,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:6">nakan bayyana kaina gare shi cikin wahayi,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:6">in yi magana da shi cikin mafarkai.<verse eid="NUM 12:6"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 12:7"/>Amma ba haka nake magana da Musa bawana ba;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:7">na sa shi yă lura da dukan jama’ata Isra’ila.<verse eid="NUM 12:7"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 12:8"/>Da shi nake magana fuska da fuska,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:8">a fili kuma, ba a kacici-kacici ba;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:8">yakan ga siffar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 12:8">To, me ya sa ba ku ji tsoro</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 12:8">ku yi magana a kan bawana Musa ba?”<verse eid="NUM 12:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 12:9"/>Sai fushin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi ƙuna a kansu, ya kuma rabu da su.<verse eid="NUM 12:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 12:10"/>Da girgijen ya tashi daga bisa Tentin, sai ga Miriyam tsaye, kuturwa, fari fat. Haruna kuwa ya juya wajenta ya ga ta kuturce; <verse eid="NUM 12:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 12:11"/>sai Haruna ya ce wa Musa, “Ranka yă daɗe, ina roƙonka kada ka hukunta mu, gama zunubin da muka yi, mun yi ne cikin wauta. <verse eid="NUM 12:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 12:12"/>Kada ka sa ta zama kamar haifaffen mataccen jariri daga cikin mahaifiya wanda rabin jikin ruɓaɓɓe ne.”<verse eid="NUM 12:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 12:13"/>Saboda haka sai Musa ya yi kuka ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce, “Ya Allah, ina roƙonka ka warkar da ita!”<verse eid="NUM 12:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 12:14"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Da a ce mahaifinta ne ya tofa mata miyau a fuskarta, ashe, ba za tă ji kunya har kwana bakwai ba? A fitar da ita bayan sansani kwana bakwai; bayan haka za a iya dawo da ita.” <verse eid="NUM 12:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 12:15"/>Haka aka fitar da Miriyam bayan sansani kwana bakwai, mutane kuwa ba su ci gaba da tafiya ba sai da aka dawo da ita.<verse eid="NUM 12:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 12:16"/>Bayan haka sai mutane suka bar Hazerot suka sauka a Hamadan Faran.<verse eid="NUM 12:16"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 12"/>
  <chapter number="13" style="c" sid="NUM 13"/>
  <para style="s1">Leƙen asirin ƙasar Kan’ana</para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 1.19-33)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 13:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 13:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 13:2"/>“Ka aiki waɗansu mutane zuwa ƙasar Kan’ana, wadda nake ba Isra’ilawa. Daga kowace kabila, ka aiki ɗaya daga cikin shugabanninta.”<verse eid="NUM 13:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 13:3"/>Saboda haka bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Musa ya aike su daga Hamadan Faran. Dukansu kuwa shugabanni ne na Isra’ilawa.<verse eid="NUM 13:3"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 13:4"/>Shugabannin kuwa su ne,</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 13:4"/>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 13:4">Shammuwa ɗan Zakkur, daga kabilar Ruben;<verse eid="NUM 13:4"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 13:5"/>Shafat ɗan Hori, daga kabilar Simeyon;<verse eid="NUM 13:5"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 13:6"/>Kaleb ɗan Yefunne, daga kabilar Yahuda;<verse eid="NUM 13:6"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 13:7"/>Igal ɗan Yusuf, daga kabilar Issakar;<verse eid="NUM 13:7"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 13:8"/>Hosheya ɗan Nun, daga kabilar Efraim;<verse eid="NUM 13:8"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 13:9"/>daga kabilar Benyamin, Falti ɗan Rafu;<verse eid="NUM 13:9"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 13:10"/>Gaddiyel ɗan Sodi, daga kabilar Zebulun;<verse eid="NUM 13:10"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 13:11"/>Gaddi ɗan Susi, daga kabilar Manasse (wata kabilar Yusuf);<verse eid="NUM 13:11"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 13:12"/>Ammiyel ɗan Gemalli, daga kabilar Dan;<verse eid="NUM 13:12"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 13:13"/>Setur ɗan Mika’ilu, daga kabilar Asher;<verse eid="NUM 13:13"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 13:14"/>Nabi ɗan Bofsi, daga kabilar Naftali;<verse eid="NUM 13:14"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 13:15"/>Geyuwel ɗan Maki, daga kabilar Gad.<verse eid="NUM 13:15"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 13:16"/>Waɗannan su ne sunayen mutanen da Musa ya aika su binciki ƙasar. (Sai Musa ya ba Hosheya ɗan Nun, suna Yoshuwa.)<verse eid="NUM 13:16"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 13:17"/>Sa’ad da Musa ya aike su domin su binciki Kan’ana ya ce, “Ku haura, ku ratsa ta Negeb har zuwa ƙasar tudu. <verse eid="NUM 13:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 13:18"/>Ku ga yadda ƙasar take, ku ga ko mutanen da suke zama a can ƙarfafa ne, ko raunannu, ko su kima ne, ko kuma suna da yawa. <verse eid="NUM 13:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 13:19"/>Wace irin ƙasa ce suke zama a ciki, Mai kyau ce, ko mummuna? Waɗanne irin birane ne suke zama a ciki? Suna da katanga, ko babu? <verse eid="NUM 13:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 13:20"/>Yaya ƙasar take? Tana da wadata, ko babu? Akwai itatuwa, ko babu? Ku yi iya ƙoƙarinku ku ɗebo daga cikin albarkar ƙasar ku kawo.” (Lokacin farkon nunan inabi ne.)<verse eid="NUM 13:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 13:21"/>Saboda haka suka haura, suka binciki ƙasar daga Hamadan Zin har zuwa Rehob, wajen Lebo<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">13.21 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Ko kuwa </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">wajen ƙofar zuwa</char></note> Hamat. <verse eid="NUM 13:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 13:22"/>Suka kuma haura ta Negeb, suka iso Hebron, inda Ahiman, da Sheshai, da Talmai, zuriyar Anak, suke zama. (An gina Hebron da shekara bakwai kafin a gina Zowan a Masar.) <verse eid="NUM 13:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 13:23"/>Da suka iso Kwarin Eshkol,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">13.23 </char><char style="fq" closed="false">Eshkol </char><char style="ft" closed="false">yana nufin </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">cunkus; </char><char style="ft" closed="false">haka ma a aya 24.</char></note> sai suka yanko reshe guda na nonon inabi tare da ’ya’yansa cunkus. Mutum biyu suka ɗauka shi rataye a sanda a kafaɗarsu, suka haɗa tare da rumman da kuma ɓaure. <verse eid="NUM 13:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 13:24"/>Sai aka kira wurin Kwarin Eshkol saboda nonon inabin da suka yi cunkus, wanda Isra’ilawa suka yanko a wurin. <verse eid="NUM 13:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 13:25"/>A ƙarshen kwana arba’in sai suka komo daga bincikensu.<verse eid="NUM 13:25"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Rahoto a kan binciken</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 13:26"/>Suka dawo wurin Musa, da Haruna, da dukan jama’ar Isra’ilawa, a Kadesh, a Hamadan Faran. A can suka ba da rahoton ga dukan taron da yake wurin, suka kuma nuna musu amfanin ƙasar. <verse eid="NUM 13:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 13:27"/>Suka ce wa Musa, “Mun je ƙasar da ka aike mu, ƙasar tana zub da madara da zuma! Ga kuma amfaninta. <verse eid="NUM 13:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 13:28"/>Amma fa mazaunan can ɗin ƙarfafa ne, an kuma kewaye biranen da manya-manyan katanga. Mun kuma ga zuriyar Anak a can. <verse eid="NUM 13:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 13:29"/>Amalekawa suna zama a Negeb; Hittiyawa, Yebusiyawa da kuma Amoriyawa, suna zama ne a ƙasar tudu. Kan’aniyawa kuma suna zama kusa da teku da kuma a bakin Urdun.”<verse eid="NUM 13:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 13:30"/>Sai Kaleb ya sa mutane suka yi shiru a gaban Musa, sai ya ce, “Ya kamata mu tafi mu mallaki ƙasar, gama lalle za mu iya cinta.”<verse eid="NUM 13:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 13:31"/>Amma sauran mutanen da suka je tare da shi, suka ce, “Ba za mu iya kara da mutanen nan ba; sun fi mu ƙarfi.” <verse eid="NUM 13:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 13:32"/>Sai suka yaɗa labari marar kyau ga Isra’ilawa game da ƙasar da suka binciko. Suka ce, “Ƙasar da muka ratsa cikinta domin mu leƙi asirinta, tana cinye waɗanda suke zama a cikinta. Dukan mutanen da muka gani a wurin, ƙatti ne. <verse eid="NUM 13:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 13:33"/>Mun ga Nefilimawa a can (zuriyar Anak sun fito ne daga Nefilim). Sai muka ga kanmu kamar fāra ne kawai, haka kuwa muke a gare su.”<verse eid="NUM 13:33"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 13"/>
  <chapter number="14" style="c" sid="NUM 14"/>
  <para style="s1">Mutane sun yi tawaye</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 14:1"/>A daren nan, sai dukan jama’ar suka tā da murya, suka yi kuka da ƙarfi. <verse eid="NUM 14:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 14:2"/>Dukan Isra’ilawa suka yi gunaguni a kan Musa da Haruna, dukan taron kuwa suka ce musu, “Da ma mun mutu a Masar! Ko kuma a wannan hamada ma! <verse eid="NUM 14:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 14:3"/>Don me <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yana kawo mu wannan ƙasa yă bar mu kawai mu mutu da takobi? A kuma kwashe matanmu da ’ya’yanmu ganima. Ashe, bai fi mana mu koma Masar ba?” <verse eid="NUM 14:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 14:4"/>Sai suka ce wa junansu, “Mu naɗa wa kanmu shugaba, mu koma Masar.”<verse eid="NUM 14:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 14:5"/>Sai Musa da Haruna suka fāɗi rubda ciki a gaban jama’ar Isra’ilawa da suka taru a can. <verse eid="NUM 14:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 14:6"/>Yoshuwa ɗan Nun da Kaleb ɗan Yefunne waɗanda suke tare da masu leƙo asirin ƙasar, suka yayyage tufafinsu <verse eid="NUM 14:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 14:7"/>suka ce wa dukan taron Isra’ilawa, “Ƙasar da muka ratsa, muka kuma leƙi asirinta, tana da kyau sosai. <verse eid="NUM 14:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 14:8"/>In <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ji daɗinmu, zai kai mu ƙasan nan, ƙasar da take zub da madara da zuma, yă kuwa ba mu ita. <verse eid="NUM 14:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 14:9"/>Sai dai kada ku tayar wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Kada kuma ku ji tsoron mutane ƙasar, domin za mu gama da su. Kāriyarsu ta gama, amma <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yana nan tare da mu. Kada ku ji tsoronsu.”<verse eid="NUM 14:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 14:10"/>Amma taron jama’a suka ce za su jajjefe su da duwatsu. Sai ɗaukakar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta bayyana a Tentin Sujada ga dukan Isra’ilawa. <verse eid="NUM 14:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 14:11"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Har yaushe mutanen nan za su rena ni? Har yaushe za su ƙi gaskata da ni, duk da yawan mu’ujizan da nake yi a cikinsu? <verse eid="NUM 14:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 14:12"/>Zan buge su duka da annoba, in hallaka su, amma zan mai da kai al’umma mai girma, da kuma ƙarfi fiye da su.”<verse eid="NUM 14:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 14:13"/>Sai Musa ya ce wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, “Ai, Masarawa za su ji game da wannan! Da ikonka ka fitar da mutanen nan daga cikinsu. <verse eid="NUM 14:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 14:14"/>Za su kuwa gaya wa mutanen wannan ƙasa. Sun riga sun ji cewa kai, ya <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, kana tare da waɗannan mutane, kuma cewa kai, ya <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, an gan ka fuska da fuska, cewa girgijenka ya tsaya bisansu, cewa kana tafiya a gabansu cikin ginshiƙin girgije da rana, da ginshiƙin wuta kuma da dare. <verse eid="NUM 14:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 14:15"/>In ka kashe dukan mutanen nan gaba ɗaya, al’ummai da suka ji wannan labari game da kai za su ce, <verse eid="NUM 14:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 14:16"/>‘<char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya kāsa kai waɗannan mutane a ƙasar da ya yi alkawari da rantsuwa ne, shi ya sa ya kashe su a hamada.’<verse eid="NUM 14:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 14:17"/>“Yanzu bari <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă nuna ikonsa, kamar dai yadda ka furta. <verse eid="NUM 14:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 14:18"/>‘<char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> mai jinkiri fushi ne, mai yawan ƙauna, mai gafarta zunubi da tawaye. Duk da haka ba ya ƙyale mai laifi, babu horo. Yana horin ’ya’ya saboda zunubin iyayensu har tsara ta uku, da ta huɗu.’ <verse eid="NUM 14:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 14:19"/>Bisa ga ƙaunarka mai girma, ka gafarta zunubin mutanen nan, kamar dai yadda ka gafarta musu daga lokacin da suka bar Masar har zuwa yanzu.”<verse eid="NUM 14:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 14:20"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya amsa ya ce, “Na gafarta musu, yadda ka roƙa. <verse eid="NUM 14:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 14:21"/>Duk da haka, muddin ina raye, kuma muddin ɗaukakar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta cika dukan duniya, <verse eid="NUM 14:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 14:22"/>ko ɗaya daga cikinsu da suka ga ɗaukakata da mu’ujizai da na yi a Masar, da kuma a cikin hamada, da suka ƙi yin mini biyayya, suka kuma gwada ni har sau goma, <verse eid="NUM 14:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 14:23"/>ba ko ɗayansu da zai gan ƙasar da na yi alkawari da rantsuwa zan ba wa kakanninsu. Ba ko ɗaya da ya rena ni, da zai taɓa ganinta. <verse eid="NUM 14:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 14:24"/>Amma domin Kaleb bawana ya kasance da ruhu dabam, ya kuma bi ni da zuciya ɗaya, zan kai shi cikin ƙasar da ya je, zuriyarsa kuwa za su gāje ta. <verse eid="NUM 14:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 14:25"/>Da yake Amalekawa da Kan’aniyawa suna zama a kwarin, gobe sai ka koma baya, ka nufi wajen hamada ta hanyar Jan Teku.”<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">14.25 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Da Ibraniyanci </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Yam Suf; </char><char style="ft" closed="false">wato, Tekun Iwa.</char></note><verse eid="NUM 14:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 14:26"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 14:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 14:27"/>“Har yaushe wannan muguwar al’umma za tă yi gunaguni a kaina? Na ji koke-koken waɗannan Isra’ilawa masu gunaguni. <verse eid="NUM 14:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 14:28"/>Saboda haka ka gaya musu cewa, ‘Muddin ina raye, in ji <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, zan yi muku daidai da abin da na ji kuke faɗa. <verse eid="NUM 14:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 14:29"/>A cikin wannan hamadan, jikunanku za su fāɗi, kowanne a cikinku mai shekara ashirin ko fiye, wanda aka ƙirga shi cikin ƙidaya, wanda kuma ya yi gunaguni a kaina, da zai shiga wannan ƙasa. <verse eid="NUM 14:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 14:30"/>Ba ko ɗaya daga cikinku da zai shiga ƙasar da na ɗaga hannu na rantse, za tă zama gidanku, sai dai Kaleb ɗan Yefunne da Yoshuwa ɗan Nun. <verse eid="NUM 14:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 14:31"/>Amma game da ’ya’yanku da kuka ce za a kwashe ganima, zan kawo su cikin ƙasar, su ji daɗin ƙasar wadda kuka ƙi. <verse eid="NUM 14:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 14:32"/>Amma ku, jikunanku za su fāɗi a wannan hamada. <verse eid="NUM 14:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 14:33"/>’Ya’yanku za su zama makiyaya a nan, shekaru arba’in suna shan wahala domin rashin amincinku, har sai mutum na ƙarshe a cikinku ya kwanta a hamada. <verse eid="NUM 14:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 14:34"/>Shekaru arba’in, shekara ɗaya a madadi kwana ɗaya cikin kwanakin arba’in da kuka ɗauka kuka leƙi asirin ƙasa, za ku sha wahala saboda zunubanku, ku kuma san abin da ake nufi da sa ni in yi gāba da ku.’ <verse eid="NUM 14:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 14:35"/>Ni, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> na faɗa, zan kuwa aikata waɗannan abubuwa a kan dukan muguwar jama’an nan da suka haɗa kai, suka tayar mini. Za su sadu da ƙarshensu a wannan hamada; a nan za su mutu.”<verse eid="NUM 14:35"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 14:36"/>Saboda haka mutanen da Musa ya aika, su leƙo asirin ƙasar, waɗanda suka komo, suka sa taron jama’a su yi gunaguni a kansa saboda sun kawo rahoto mai banrazana a kan ƙasar, <verse eid="NUM 14:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 14:37"/>waɗannan mutanen da suka kawo rahoto mai banrazana a kan ƙasar, annoba ta buge su, suka kuwa mutu a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 14:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 14:38"/>Daga cikin mutanen da suka leƙo asirin ƙasar, Yoshuwa ɗan Nun, da Kaleb ɗan Yefunne ne, kaɗai suka rayu.<verse eid="NUM 14:38"/></para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 1.41-45)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 14:39"/>Da Musa ya gaya wa dukan Isra’ilawa wannan labari, sai suka yi baƙin ciki ƙwarai. <verse eid="NUM 14:39"/><verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 14:40"/>Kashegari da sassafe suka haura ta wajen ƙasa mai tudu suka ce, “Mun yi zunubi, za mu tafi inda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi alkawari.”<verse eid="NUM 14:40"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 14:41"/>Amma Musa ya ce, “Don me kuke rashin biyayya da umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>? Wannan ba zai yiwu ba! <verse eid="NUM 14:41"/><verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 14:42"/>Kada ku haura, domin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ba ya tare da ku. Magabtanku za su ci nasara a kanku, <verse eid="NUM 14:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 14:43"/>gama Amalekawa da Kan’aniyawa za su kara da ku a can. Domin kun juya daga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ba zai kasance da ku ba, za a kuma karkashe ku da takobi.”<verse eid="NUM 14:43"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 14:44"/>Duk da haka, suka yi tsammani ba zai zama haka ba, sai suka haura ta wajen ƙasa mai tudu, Musa da akwatin alkawarin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> dai ba su gusa daga sansanin ba. <verse eid="NUM 14:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 14:45"/>Sai Amalekawa da Kan’aniyawa mazaunan ƙasar tudu, suka gangaro suka auka musu, suka bubbuge su suka kokkore su har Horma.<verse eid="NUM 14:45"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 14"/>
  <chapter number="15" style="c" sid="NUM 15"/>
  <para style="s1">Ƙarin hadayu</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 15:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 15:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 15:2"/>“Ka yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘Bayan kun shiga ƙasar da nake ba ku a matsayin gida, <verse eid="NUM 15:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 15:3"/>kuka yi hadayar da akan yi da wuta ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, daga cikin shanu, ko tumaki, abin ƙanshi mai daɗi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ko hadaya ta ƙonawa, ko hadayu don alkawura na musamman, ko hadayar yardar rai, ko kuma hadaya ta biki, <verse eid="NUM 15:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 15:4"/>sai shi wanda ya kawo hadayar yă miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> hadaya ta gari mai laushi mai kyau, kashi ɗaya bisa goma na efa wanda aka kwaɓa da kwalaba ɗaya na mai. <verse eid="NUM 15:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 15:5"/>Da kowane ɗan rago don hadaya ta ƙonawa, a shirya kwalaba ɗaya na ruwan inabi, a matsayin hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 15:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 15:6"/>“ ‘In da rago ne za a miƙa, to, sai a shirya hadaya ta gari mai laushi, garin yă zama kashi biyu bisa goma na efa. A kwaɓa shi da kashi ɗaya bisa uku na garwan mai, <verse eid="NUM 15:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 15:7"/>da kashi ɗaya bisa uku na garwan ruwan inabi, a matsayin hadaya ta sha. A miƙa ta abin ƙanshi mai daɗi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 15:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 15:8"/>“ ‘Sa’ad da kuka shirya rago don hadaya ta ƙonawa saboda alkawari na musamman, ko hadaya ta salama ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, <verse eid="NUM 15:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 15:9"/>sai ku kawo hadaya ta gari tare da bijimi, kashi ɗaya bisa uku na gari mai laushi kwaɓaɓɓe da rabin garwan mai. <verse eid="NUM 15:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 15:10"/>A kuma kawo rabin garwan ruwan inabi na hadaya ta sha. Za tă zama hadayar da aka yi da wuta mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 15:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 15:11"/>Haka za a yi da kowane bijimi, ko rago, ko ɗan rago, ko bunsuru. <verse eid="NUM 15:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 15:12"/>Haka za a yi da kowannensu bisa ga abin da aka shirya.<verse eid="NUM 15:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 15:13"/>“ ‘Duk wanda yake ɗan ƙasa, ta haka ne dole zai aikata waɗannan abubuwa sa’ad da ya kawo hadaya da akan yi da wuta mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 15:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 15:14"/>Idan baƙon da yake baƙunci a cikinku, ko kowane ne da yake tare da ku a dukan zamananku, yana so yă ba da hadayar da akan yi da wuta don a yi ƙanshi mai daɗi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, dole yă yi kamar yadda kuke yi. <verse eid="NUM 15:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 15:15"/>Ƙa’ida ɗaya ce ga jama’a da kuma baƙin da suke zama a cikinku, wannan za tă zama dawwammamiyar farilla a dukan tsararraki masu zuwa. Da ku, da baƙi, za ku zama ɗaya a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 15:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 15:16"/>Doka ɗaya da ƙa’ida ɗaya za a yi aiki da ita a kan ku da kuma baƙin da suke zama a cikinku.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 15:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 15:17"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 15:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 15:18"/>“Ka yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘Sa’ad da kuka shiga ƙasar da ina kai ku, <verse eid="NUM 15:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 15:19"/>kuka ci abincin ƙasar, ku miƙa wani sashe na amfanin ƙasar a matsayin hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 15:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 15:20"/>Ku kawo waina daga nunan fari na ɓarzajjen hatsinku, ku kuma miƙa shi a matsayin hadaya daga masussuka. <verse eid="NUM 15:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 15:21"/>A duk tsararraki masu zuwa, za ku miƙa wannan hadaya daga nunan fari na ɓarzajjen hatsinku ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 15:21"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Hadayu domin zunubai da ba na ganganci ba</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 15:22"/>“ ‘To, in ku a matsayin jama’a, da gangan kuka ƙi kiyaye waɗannan ƙa’idodi da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba wa Musa ba, <verse eid="NUM 15:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 15:23"/>ko wani daga cikin umarnan da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba ku ta wurinsa, daga ranar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba da su, har zuwa tsararraki masu zuwa, <verse eid="NUM 15:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 15:24"/>in kuwa aka yi haka ba da gangan ba, kuma da rashin sani, sai duk jama’a su miƙa ɗan bijimi don hadaya ta ƙonawa mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, tare da ƙayyadadden hadaya ta gari, da hadaya ta sha, da kuma bunsuru na hadaya don zunubi. <verse eid="NUM 15:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 15:25"/>Firist kuwa zai yi kafara domin dukan jama’ar Isra’ilawa, za a kuma gafarta musu, gama ba da gangan ba ne suka aikata, kuma sun kawo wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> hadayar da akan yi da wuta da kuma hadaya don zunubi saboda laifinsu. <verse eid="NUM 15:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 15:26"/>Za a gafarta wa dukan jama’ar Isra’ilawa, da baƙin da suke zama a cikinsu, gama duk laifin da aka yi da rashin sani, yakan shafi dukan mutane.<verse eid="NUM 15:26"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 15:27"/>“ ‘Amma in mutum ɗaya ne kaɗai ya yi laifi ba da gangan ba, dole yă kawo akuya domin hadaya don zunubi. <verse eid="NUM 15:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 15:28"/>Firist zai yi kafara a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> saboda mutumin nan da ya aikata laifi ba da gangan ba, in kuwa an yi kafara saboda shi, za a gafarta masa. <verse eid="NUM 15:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 15:29"/>Ƙa’ida dai za tă zama ɗaya ga duk wanda ya yi laifi ba da gangan ba, ko shi ɗan ƙasa ne, ko kuma baƙon da yake zama a cikinku.<verse eid="NUM 15:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 15:30"/>“ ‘Amma duk wanda ya yi zunubi da gangan, ko shi ɗan ƙasa ne, ko baƙo, ya saɓi <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, dole a ware wannan mutum daga mutanensa, <verse eid="NUM 15:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 15:31"/>gama ya rena maganar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ya kuma karya umarninsa. Tabbatacce za a kashe wannan mutum, alhakinsa laifinsa kuwa yana wuyansa.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 15:31"/></para>
  <para style="s1">An kashe mai karya ranar Asabbaci</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 15:32"/>Yayinda Isra’ilawa suke ciki hamada, sai aka sami wani mutum yana tattara itace a ranar Asabbaci. <verse eid="NUM 15:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 15:33"/>Waɗanda suka gan shi, suka kawo shi wurin Musa da Haruna da dukan taro, <verse eid="NUM 15:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 15:34"/>sai suka sa shi a gidan waƙafi don ba su riga sun san abin da za a yi da shi ba tukuna. <verse eid="NUM 15:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 15:35"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Dole mutumin yă mutu. Dole dukan taron su jajjefe shi a bayan sansani.” <verse eid="NUM 15:35"/><verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 15:36"/>Saboda haka taron suka ɗauke shi zuwa bayan sansani, suka kuma jajjefe shi har ya mutu, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 15:36"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Tuntaye a riguna</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 15:37"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 15:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 15:38"/>“Ka yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘A dukan tsararraki masu zuwa, za ku sa tuntaye a gefen rigunarku, su sa zare mai ruwan shuɗi a bisan kowane tuntu. <verse eid="NUM 15:38"/><verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 15:39"/>Tuntayen za su zama muku abin dubawa don ku riƙa tunawa da dukan umarnan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, don kada ku bi son zuciyarku, da sha’awar idanunku yadda kuka taɓa yi. <verse eid="NUM 15:39"/><verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 15:40"/>Sa’an nan za ku riƙa tuna, ku kuma aikata dukan umarnaina ku zama tsarkaka ga Allahnku. <verse eid="NUM 15:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 15:41"/>Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahnku, da ya fitar da ku daga Masar, don in zama Allahnku. Ni ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahnku.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 15:41"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 15"/>
  <chapter number="16" style="c" sid="NUM 16"/>
  <para style="s1">Kora, Datan da Abiram</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 16:1"/>Kora ɗan Izhar, wanda yake Balawe ne daga dangin Kohatawa, wata rana ya nemi Datan da Abiram ’ya’yan Eliyab, da On ɗan Felet dukansu daga kabilar Ruben, suka haɗa kai<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">16.1 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Ko kuwa </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Felet, ɗauki mutane</char></note> <verse eid="NUM 16:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 16:2"/>suka tayar wa Musa. Sai suka nemi goyon bayan sanannun shugabannin Isra’ilawa da aka naɗa a majalisa su guda 250, <verse eid="NUM 16:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 16:3"/>tare kuwa suka zo wurin Musa da Haruna, suka ce musu, “Kun wuce gona da iri! Dukan jama’an nan masu tsarki ne, kowannensu, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuma yana tare da su. Me ya sa kuke ɗaukan kanku fiye da taron jama’ar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>?”<verse eid="NUM 16:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 16:4"/>Da Musa ya ji haka, sai ya fāɗi rubda ciki ya yi addu’a <verse eid="NUM 16:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 16:5"/>Sai ya ce wa Kora da dukan waɗannan da suke tare shi, “Da safe, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> zai nuna wane ne yake nasa, da kuma wane ne yake da tsarki. Zai kuma sa mutumin yă zo kusa da shi. Mutumin da ya zaɓa kuwa zai sa yă zo kusa da shi. <verse eid="NUM 16:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 16:6"/>Kai Kora da ƙungiyarka, gobe, za ku ɗauki farantai, <verse eid="NUM 16:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 16:7"/>ku zuba wuta a ciki, ku kuma zuba musu turaren wuta a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Sa’an nan wanda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya zaɓa a tsakaninmu sh ne mai tsarki. Ku Lawiyawa ku ne kuka wuce gona da iri!”<verse eid="NUM 16:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 16:8"/>Musa ya kuma ce wa Kora, “Yanzu ku saurara, ku Lawiyawa! <verse eid="NUM 16:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 16:9"/>Ashe, bai ishe ku ba, cewa Allah na Isra’ila, ya keɓe ku daga sauran jama’ar Isra’ilawa, ya kuma kawo ku kusa da shi don ku yi aiki a tabanakul na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ku kuma tsaya a gaba jama’a don ku yi musu aiki? <verse eid="NUM 16:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 16:10"/>Ya kawo ku da kuma dukan ’yan’uwanku Lawiyawa kusa da shi, amma yanzu kuna ƙoƙari ku karɓi aikin firist. <verse eid="NUM 16:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 16:11"/>Kai da ƙungiyarka kun haɗa kai kuna yi wa Haruna gunaguni, amma wane ne Haruna? A zahiri tawaye ne kuke wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 16:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 16:12"/>Sai Musa ya aika a kira Datan da Abiram, ’ya’yan Eliyab maza, amma suka ce, “Ba za mu zo ba! <verse eid="NUM 16:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 16:13"/>Bai isa ba ne da ka fitar da mu daga ƙasar mai zub da madara da zuma, ka kawo mu nan hamada don ka kashe mu? Yanzu kuma so kake ka mai da kanka sarki a bisanmu? <verse eid="NUM 16:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 16:14"/>Ban da haka ma, ai, ba ka riga ka kai mu ƙasar mai zub da madara da zuma ba, ba ka ba mu gādon filaye da gonakin annabi ba, yanzu kuma kana so ka ruɗe mu. Mun ƙi, ba za mun zo ba!”<verse eid="NUM 16:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 16:15"/>Sai Musa ya husata ƙwarai, ya ce wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, “Kada ka karɓi hadayarsu. Ban ƙwace wani jakinsu ba, ban kuwa cuce waninsu ba.”<verse eid="NUM 16:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 16:16"/>Musa ya ce wa Kora, “Da kai da kuma dukan ƙungiyarka za ku bayyana a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> gobe, kai da su. Haruna ma zai kasance a can. <verse eid="NUM 16:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 16:17"/>Kowannenku zai ɗauki faranti yă zuba turare a ciki. Wato, farantai 250 ke nan, a kuma miƙa su a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Kai da Haruna za ku miƙa farantanku, ku ma.” <verse eid="NUM 16:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 16:18"/>Sai kowane mutum ya ɗauki farantinsa, ya sa wuta da kuma turare a ciki, suka tsaya da Musa da Haruna a ƙofar Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 16:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 16:19"/>Sa’ad da Kora ya tara mabiyansa don su yi hamayya da Musa da Haruna a ƙofar Tentin Sujada, sai ɗaukakar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta bayyana ga dukan taron. <verse eid="NUM 16:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 16:20"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 16:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 16:21"/>“Ku ware kanku daga taron nan don in gama da su nan take.”<verse eid="NUM 16:21"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 16:22"/>Amma Musa da Haruna suka fāɗi rubda ciki suka tā da murya suka ce, “Ya Allah, Allahn ruhohin dukan ’yan adam, za ka husata da dukan taron ne, bayan mutum ɗaya ne ya yi zunubi?”<verse eid="NUM 16:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 16:23"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 16:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 16:24"/>“Faɗa wa taron cewa, ‘Ku nisanci tentin Kora, da na Datan, da na Abiram.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 16:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 16:25"/>Musa ya tashi ya tafi wurin Datan da Abiram, dattawan Isra’ilawa kuwa suka bi shi. <verse eid="NUM 16:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 16:26"/>Ya gargaɗe taron ya ce, “Ku ƙaurace wa tentin waɗannan mugayen mutane! Kada ku taɓa kome da yake nasu, domin kada a shafe ku saboda zunubansu.” <verse eid="NUM 16:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 16:27"/>Sai suka tashi daga inda tentin Kora, da Datan, da Abiram suke. Datan da Abiram kuwa suka fita suna tsaye tare da matansu da ’ya’yansu da ’yan ƙananansu a ƙofar tentinsu.<verse eid="NUM 16:27"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 16:28"/>Sai Musa ya ce musu, “Da haka za ku san cewa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ne ya aiko ni, in yi dukan waɗannan abubuwa, ba da nufin kaina na yi su ba. <verse eid="NUM 16:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 16:29"/>In waɗannan mutane sun mutu kamar yadda mutane suke mutuwa, in abin da yakan sami kowa shi ne ya same su, to, ba <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ne ya aiko ni ba. <verse eid="NUM 16:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 16:30"/>Amma in <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya kawo wani abu sabo, ya sa ƙasa ta buɗe bakinta, ta haɗiye su da dukan abin da suke da shi, suka gangara cikin kabari a raye, ta haka za ku sani mutanen nan sun rena <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 16:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 16:31"/>Nan da nan da ya gama faɗi wannan, sai ƙasa ta tsage inda Datan da Abiram suke tsaye, <verse eid="NUM 16:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 16:32"/>ta kuma buɗe bakinta, ta haɗiye su tare da mutanen gidansu da dukan mutanen Kora da dukan abin da yake mallakarsu. <verse eid="NUM 16:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 16:33"/>Suka gangara cikin kabari da rai, tare dukan mallakarsu; ƙasa ta rufe su, suka hallaka, suka rabu da jama’ar. <verse eid="NUM 16:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 16:34"/>Da jin kukansu, dukan Isra’ilawa da suke kewaye da su suka gudu, suna ihu, “Ƙasa za tă haɗiye mu, mu ma!”<verse eid="NUM 16:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 16:35"/>Sai wuta ta fito daga wurin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta cinye mutane 250 da suke miƙa hadaya da turare.<verse eid="NUM 16:35"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 16:36"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 16:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 16:37"/>“Ka gaya wa Eleyazar ɗan Haruna, firist, yă kawar da farantan ƙona turare daga wurin da wutar ta cinye, yă watsar da gawayin a wani wuri, gama farantan tsarkakakku ne, <verse eid="NUM 16:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 16:38"/>gama an yi amfani da farantan don miƙa mini turare. Sai ka ɗauki farantan mutanen da suka yi zunubin da ya jawo musu mutuwa ka ƙera farantan, ka yi murfin bagade da su, gama an miƙa su a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, suka zama tsarkakakku. Bari su zama alama ga Isra’ilawa.”<verse eid="NUM 16:38"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 16:39"/>Haka Eleyazar, firist, ya tattara farantan tagulla waɗanda mutanen da aka hallaka suka kawo, ya ƙera murfin bagade da su, <verse eid="NUM 16:39"/><verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 16:40"/>yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi, ta wurin Musa. Wannan ya zama abin tuni ga Isra’ilawa domin kada wani da ba firist ba, bai kuwa fito a cikin zuriyar Haruna ba, yă zo don yă ƙona turare a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, domin kada yă zama kamar Kora da mabiyansa.<verse eid="NUM 16:40"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 16:41"/>Kashegari dukan taron Isra’ilawa suka yi gunaguni a kan Musa da Haruna suka ce, “Kun kashe mutanen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 16:41"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 16:42"/>Bayan haka, sai dukan jama’a suka taru domin su nuna rashin yardansu da abin da suke zato Musa da Haruna ne suka aikata. Da suka fuskanci Tentin Sujada, nan take sai girgije ya rufe shi, ɗaukaka <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ta bayyana. <verse eid="NUM 16:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 16:43"/>Sai Musa da Haruna suka je gaban Tentin Sujada, <verse eid="NUM 16:43"/><verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 16:44"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuma ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 16:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 16:45"/>“Ku nisanci wannan taro, gama yanzu nan zan hallaka su.” Sai Musa da Haruna suka fāɗi rubda ciki.<verse eid="NUM 16:45"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 16:46"/>Sai Musa ya ce wa Haruna, “Ka ɗauki farantinka ka sa turare a ciki, da wuta daga bagade, ka yi maza ka tafi wajen taron, ka yi kafara dominsu. Gama fushin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya riga ya sauko; an kuma fara annoba.” <verse eid="NUM 16:46"/><verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 16:47"/>Saboda haka Haruna ya yi kamar yadda Musa ya faɗa, ya ruga a guje zuwa tsakiyar taron. An riga an fara annobar a cikin mutane, amma Haruna ya miƙa turaren ya kuma yi kafara dominsu. <verse eid="NUM 16:47"/><verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 16:48"/>Ya tsaya tsakanin matattu da masu rai, annobar kuwa ta tsaya. <verse eid="NUM 16:48"/><verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 16:49"/>Amma mutane 14,700 ne suka mutu a annobar, ban da waɗanda suka mutu a sanadin Kora. <verse eid="NUM 16:49"/><verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 16:50"/>Sai Haruna ya komo wurin Musa a ƙofar Tentin Sujada, gama annobar ta ƙare.<verse eid="NUM 16:50"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 16"/>
  <chapter number="17" style="c" sid="NUM 17"/>
  <para style="s1">Tohuwar sandar Haruna</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 17:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 17:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 17:2"/>“Ka yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka kuma karɓi sanduna goma sha biyu daga wurinsu, sanda guda daga kowane shugaban gidan kakanninsu. Ka rubuta sunan kowa a sandansa. <verse eid="NUM 17:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 17:3"/>A kan sandan Lawi kuwa ka rubuta sunan Haruna, gama dole a sami sanda ɗaya saboda shugaban gidan kakanninsu. <verse eid="NUM 17:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 17:4"/>Ka ajiye su a Tentin Sujada, a gaba akwatin Alkawari, inda zan sadu da kai. <verse eid="NUM 17:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 17:5"/>Sandan mutumin da na zaɓa zai yi toho, da haka zan raba kaina da gunagunin da Isra’ilawa suke yi.”<verse eid="NUM 17:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 17:6"/>Saboda haka Musa ya yi magana da Isra’ilawa, sai shugabanninsu suka ba shi sanduna goma sha biyu, sanda ɗaya don shugaba, bisa ga gidajen kakanninsu, sandan Haruna kuma yana a cikinsu. <verse eid="NUM 17:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 17:7"/>Sai Musa ya ajiye sandunan a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a cikin Tentin Sujada.<verse eid="NUM 17:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 17:8"/>Kashegari da Musa ya shiga cikin Tentin Sujada sai ga sandan Haruna na gidan Lawiyawa ya yi toho, ya yi furanni, ya kuma yi ’ya’yan almon. <verse eid="NUM 17:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 17:9"/>Sai Musa ya fitar wa dukan Isra’ilawa dukan sandunan da suke daga gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Suka duba, kowa kuma ya ɗauki sandansa.<verse eid="NUM 17:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 17:10"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka mayar da sandan Haruna a akwatin Alkawari, don a ajiye shi alama ga masu tawaye. Wannan zai kawo ƙarshen gunaguninsu a kaina, domin kada su mutu.” <verse eid="NUM 17:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 17:11"/>Musa kuwa ya aikata kamar dai yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi.<verse eid="NUM 17:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 17:12"/>Sai Isra’ilawa suka ce wa Musa, “To, ai in haka ne, mun ƙare ke nan! <verse eid="NUM 17:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 17:13"/>Idan an ce duk wanda ya zo kusa da tabanakul na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> zai mutu, ai rayuwarmu kamar mun mutu ke nan.”<verse eid="NUM 17:13"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 17"/>
  <chapter number="18" style="c" sid="NUM 18"/>
  <para style="s1">Ayyukan da suka shafi firistoci da Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 18:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Haruna, “Kai da ’ya’yanka, da kuma iyalin mahaifinka za ku ɗauki hakkin abin da ya shafi Tentin Sujada, kai da ’ya’yanka kaɗai za ku ɗauki hakkin aikinku wanda ya shafi firistoci. <verse eid="NUM 18:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 18:2"/>Ka kawo ’yan’uwanka Lawiyawa daga kabilar kakanka tare da kai, don su taimake ka sa’ad da kai da ’ya’yanka kuke hidima a gaban Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 18:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 18:3"/>Za su kasance a ƙarƙashinka, su ne kuma za su yi dukan hidima ta Tenti, amma kada su je kusa da kayayyakin wuri mai tsarki, ko bagade, in ba haka ba, da kai da su, za ku mutu. <verse eid="NUM 18:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 18:4"/>Za su haɗa hannu tare da kai su ɗauki nauyin lura da Tentin Sujada, dukan ayyuka a Tenti, ba kuma wanda zai zo kusa da inda kake.<verse eid="NUM 18:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 18:5"/>“Kai ne za ka ɗauki nauyin lura da wuri mai tsarki da bagade, domin kada fushi yă sāke fāɗa a kan Isra’ilawa. <verse eid="NUM 18:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 18:6"/>Ni da kaina na zaɓo ’yan’uwanka Lawiyawa daga cikin Isra’ilawa a matsayin kyauta a gare ku, keɓaɓɓu don <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, domin su yi hidima a Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 18:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 18:7"/>Amma kai ne kaɗai da ’ya’yanka za ku yi aiki a matsayin firistoci game da kowane abu a Tentin Sujada da kuma bayan labule. Ina ba ka aikin firist, yă zama naka. Duk wani kuma da ya zo kusa da wuri mai tsarki, dole a kashe shi.”<verse eid="NUM 18:7"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Hadayu domin firistoci da Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 18.1-8)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 18:8"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Haruna, “Na ba ka aikin lura da hadayun da za a miƙa mini, dukan tsarkakan hadayun da Isra’ilawa suka ba ni, na ba ka su su zama rabonka da na ’ya’yanka har abada. <verse eid="NUM 18:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 18:9"/>Kai za ka riƙe sashe mafi tsarki na hadayun da suka ragu daga wuta. Daga dukan kyautai mafi tsarki na hadayun da suka miƙa mini, ko ta gari, ko don zunubi, ko kuma don laifi, wannan kashi naka ne da ’ya’yanka. <verse eid="NUM 18:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 18:10"/>Ku ci shi a matsayin abu mafi tsarki; kowane namiji zai ci. Dole ku ɗauke shi da tsarki.<verse eid="NUM 18:10"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 18:11"/>“Har yanzu kuma duk abin da aka keɓe daga kyautai na dukan hadayun kaɗawa na Isra’ilawa naka ne. Na ba da wannan gare ka da ’ya’yanka maza da mata, a kowane lokaci. Kowa da yake da tsarki a gidanka zai iya ci.<verse eid="NUM 18:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 18:12"/>“Na ba ka duk man zaitun mafi kyau, da ruwan inabi mafi kyau duka, da hatsi mafi kyau duka na nunan farinsu da suke bayarwa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 18:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 18:13"/>Dukan nunan fari na ƙasar da suke kawo wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, zai zama naka. Kowa da yake da tsarki a gidanka zai iya ci.<verse eid="NUM 18:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 18:14"/>“Kome a Isra’ila da aka keɓe wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, zai zama naka. <verse eid="NUM 18:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 18:15"/>Kowane haihuwar fari, ta mutum, ko ta dabba da suka miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, naka ne. Amma ka fanshi kowace haihuwar fari ta mutum, ko ta dabbar da take haram. <verse eid="NUM 18:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 18:16"/>Sa’ad da suke wata ɗaya da haihuwa, dole a fanshe su a bakin shekel biyar-biyar, bisa ga ma’aunin shekel na tsattsarkan wuri da ake amfani da shi, wanda nauyinsa ya kai gera ashirin.<verse eid="NUM 18:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 18:17"/>“Amma kada ka fanshe ɗan fari na saniya, tunkiya, ko akuya; gama suna da tsarki. Ka yayyafa jininsu a bisan bagade, ka kuma ƙone kitsensu kamar hadayar da ka yi da wuta, mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 18:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 18:18"/>Namansu zai zama naka, haka ma ƙirji na kaɗawa da cinyar dama za su zama naka. <verse eid="NUM 18:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 18:19"/>Kome da aka keɓe daga tsarkakakku hadayun da Isra’ilawa suka miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, na ba ka, da kai da ’ya’yanka maza da mata a matsayin zaunannen rabo. Wannan madawwamin alkawarin gishiri ne a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> dominka da zuriyarka.”<verse eid="NUM 18:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 18:20"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Haruna, “Ba ka da gādo a ƙasarsu, ba kuwa za ka sami rabo daga cikinsu ba; ni ne rabonka da gādonka a cikin Isra’ilawa.<verse eid="NUM 18:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 18:21"/>“Na ba wa Lawiyawa dukan zakka na Isra’ilawa a matsayin gādonsu, saboda aikin da suke yi yayinda suke hidima a Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 18:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 18:22"/>Daga yanzu zuwa gaba, kada Isra’ilawa su yi kusa da Tentin Sujada, in ba haka ba kuwa su sha hukuncin zunubinsu, su kuma mutu. <verse eid="NUM 18:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 18:23"/>Lawiyawa ne za su yi aikin Tentin Sujada, su kuma ɗauki nauyin kowane laifin da aka aikata a wurin. Wannan za tă zama dawwammamiyar farilla ce daga yanzu har tsararraki masu zuwa. Ba za su sami gādo a cikin Isra’ilawa ba. <verse eid="NUM 18:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 18:24"/>A maimako haka, na ba wa Lawiyawa zakka da Isra’ilawa suka kawo domin hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, a matsayin gādonsu. Shi ya sa na ce game da su, ‘Ba su da gādo a cikin Isra’ilawa.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 18:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 18:25"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 18:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 18:26"/>“Ka yi wa Lawiyawa magana, ka ce musu, ‘Sa’ad da kuka karɓi zakka daga Isra’ila da na ba ku gādo, dole ku miƙa kashi ɗaya bisa goma na wannan zakka a matsayin hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 18:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 18:27"/>Za a lissafta hadayarku kamar hatsin da aka sussuka daga masussuka, ko ruwan inabi daga wurin matsewar inabi. <verse eid="NUM 18:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 18:28"/>Ta haka za ku miƙa hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> daga cikin dukan zakkar da kuka karɓa daga wurin Isra’ilawa. Daga waɗannan zakka kuwa dole ku ba Haruna firist rabon <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 18:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 18:29"/>Dole ku miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> rabo mafi kyau da kuma sashi mafi tsarki na kowane abin da aka ba ku.’<verse eid="NUM 18:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 18:30"/>“Ka faɗa wa Lawiyawa cewa, ‘Sa’ad da kuka miƙa sashi mafi kyau, za a lissafta shi a matsayin abin da ya fito daga masussuka, ko wurin matsewar ruwan inabi ne. <verse eid="NUM 18:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 18:31"/>Da kai da gidanka, za ku iya cin abin da ya rage a ko’ina, gama ladan aikinku ne a Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 18:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 18:32"/>Ta wurin miƙa masa sashi mafi kyau, ba za ku zama masu laifi a wannan batu ba; ta haka ba za ku ƙazantar da tsarkakakkun hadayu na Isra’ilawa ba, ba kuwa za ku mutu ba.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 18:32"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 18"/>
  <chapter number="19" style="c" sid="NUM 19"/>
  <para style="s1">Ruwan tsarkakewa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 19:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 19:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 19:2"/>“Wannan ita ce ƙa’ida wadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta. Faɗa wa Isra’ilawa su kawo maka jan karsana marar lahani, ko marar aibi wadda ba a taɓa sa ta tă yi noma ba. <verse eid="NUM 19:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 19:3"/>Ka ba wa Eleyazar firist; a kuma kai ta bayan sansani, a yanka a gaban Eleyazar. <verse eid="NUM 19:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 19:4"/>Sa’an nan Eleyazar firist zai ɗiba jininta a yatsarsa, yă yayyafa sau bakwai wajen gaban Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 19:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 19:5"/>Sa’an nan a ƙone dukan karsanar, haɗe da fatarta, naman, jinin da kayan cikin, yayinda Eleyazar yake kallo. <verse eid="NUM 19:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 19:6"/>Firist zai ɗauki itacen al’ul, da hizzob, da jan ulu, yă jefa su a kan karsanar da ake ƙonewa. <verse eid="NUM 19:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 19:7"/>Bayan haka, dole firist yă wanke rigunarsa, yă kuma yi wanka. Sa’an nan zai iya shiga cikin sansani, amma zai kasance da ƙazanta har yamma. <verse eid="NUM 19:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 19:8"/>Dole mutumin da ya ƙone ta yă wanke rigunarsa, yă kuma yi wanka, shi ma zai kasance da ƙazanta har yamma.<verse eid="NUM 19:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 19:9"/>“Mutumin da yake da tsarki, zai tara tokar karsanar, yă sa ta a wurin da yake da tsabta a bayan sansani. Jama’ar Isra’ilawa ne za su adana shi don amfani a ruwan tsabtaccewa; wannan domin tsarkakewa ne daga zunubi. <verse eid="NUM 19:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 19:10"/>Dole mutumin da ya tara tokar karsanar yă wanke rigunarsa, zai kuwa kasance da ƙazanta har yamma. Wannan za tă zama dawwammamiyar farilla ta har abada ga Isra’ilawa, da kuma baƙin da suke zama a cikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 19:10"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 19:11"/>“Duk wanda ya taɓa gawa, zai kasance da ƙazanta har kwana bakwai. <verse eid="NUM 19:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 19:12"/>Dole yă tsarkake kansa da ruwa a rana ta uku, da kuma a rana ta bakwai; sa’an nan zai zama da tsarki. Amma in bai tsarkake kansa a rana ta uku da kuma a rana ta bakwai ba, ba zai kasance da tsarki ba. <verse eid="NUM 19:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 19:13"/>Duk wanda ya taɓa gawar wani, bai kuma tsarkake kansa ba, ya ƙazantar da tabanakul na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ke nan. Dole a ware wannan mutum daga cikin Isra’ilawa. Gama ba a yayyafa ruwan tsabtaccewa a kansa ba; ya ƙazantu, ya kasance da ƙazanta ke nan.<verse eid="NUM 19:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 19:14"/>“Ga ƙa’idar da za a bi in mutum ya mutu a cikin tenti. Duk wanda ya shiga tentin, kuma duk wanda yake cikinsa, za su zama da ƙazanta har kwana bakwai, <verse eid="NUM 19:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 19:15"/>kuma kowane abin da ake zuba kaya, wanda ba shi da murfi a kansa, zai zama da ƙazanta.<verse eid="NUM 19:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 19:16"/>“Wanda duk yake a fili, ya kuma taɓa gawa wanda aka kashe da takobi, ko wanda ya mutu mutuwar Allah, ko ƙashin mutum, ko kabari, zai ƙazantu har bakwai.<verse eid="NUM 19:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 19:17"/>“Ga wanda ya ƙazantu kuwa, a ɗiba toka daga hadaya ta ƙonawa ta tsarkakewa, a zuba a cikin tulu, sa’an nan a zuba ruwa mai gudu a kansu. <verse eid="NUM 19:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 19:18"/>Sa’an nan wanda yake tsarkakakke, zai ɗauki hizzob yă tsoma a ruwa, yă yayyafa a tentin da dukan kayayyakinsa, da kuma a kan mutanen da suke wurin. Dole kuma yă yayyafa ruwan a kan duk wanda ya taɓa ƙashin mutu, ko kabari, ko kuma wanda aka kashe, ko wanda ya yi mutuwa ta Allah. <verse eid="NUM 19:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 19:19"/>A rana ta uku, da ta bakwai kuma mai tsarkakewa zai yayyafa wa marar tsarkin ruwa, a rana ta bakwai kuma yă tsarkake shi. Wanda aka tsarkaken kuwa, dole yă wanke rigunarsa, yă kuma yi wanka da yamma, zai kuma tsarkaka. <verse eid="NUM 19:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 19:20"/>Amma in wanda yake da ƙazanta bai tsarkake kansa ba, dole a ware shi daga cikin jama’a, domin ya ƙazantar da wuri mai tsarki na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Ba a yayyafa masa ruwa na tsarkakewa ba, ya zama da ƙazanta. <verse eid="NUM 19:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 19:21"/>Wannan za tă zama musu dawwammamiyar farilla.</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 19:21">“Mutumin da ya yayyafa ruwa na tsarkakewa, shi ma dole yă wanke rigarsa. Duk wanda kuma ya taɓa ruwan tsarkakewa, zai kasance da ƙazanta har yamma. <verse eid="NUM 19:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 19:22"/>Duk abin da mai ƙazanta ya taɓa, ya ƙazantu, kowa kuma ya taɓa wannan abu, ya ƙazantu ke nan, har yamma.”<verse eid="NUM 19:22"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 19"/>
  <chapter number="20" style="c" sid="NUM 20"/>
  <para style="s1">Ruwa daga dutse</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 20:1"/>A watan fari, dukan jama’ar Isra’ilawa suka iso Hamadan Zin. Suka sauka a Kadesh. A nan ne Miriyam ta mutu, aka kuma bizne ta.<verse eid="NUM 20:1"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 20:2"/>Sai aka rasa ruwa da jama’a za su sha, mutane suka taru, suka tayar wa Musa da Haruna. <verse eid="NUM 20:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 20:3"/>Suka yi gunaguni wa Musa suka ce, “Da ma mun mutu sa’ad da ’yan’uwanmu suka mutu a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>! <verse eid="NUM 20:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 20:4"/>Don me ka kawo jama’ar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a wannan hamada, don mu da dabbobinmu mu mutu a nan ke nan? <verse eid="NUM 20:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 20:5"/>Don me ka fitar da mu daga Masar zuwa wannan banzan wuri, inda babu hatsi ko ɓaure, inabi ko rumman. Kuma babu ruwan da za a sha?”<verse eid="NUM 20:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 20:6"/>Sai Musa da Haruna suka tashi daga taron, suka tafi ƙofar Tentin Sujada, suka fāɗi rubda ciki, sai ɗaukakar <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta bayyana musu. <verse eid="NUM 20:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 20:7"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 20:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 20:8"/>“Ka ɗauki sandanka, kai da Haruna, ɗan’uwanka, ku tara jama’a, ku yi magana da dutsen a gabansu ya ba da ruwan da yake cikinsa. Za ka sa ruwa ya ɓuɓɓugo musu daga dutsen. Ta haka za ka ba taron jama’a da garkunansu ruwan sha.”<verse eid="NUM 20:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 20:9"/>Sai Musa ya je ya ɗauki sandan kamar yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi. <verse eid="NUM 20:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 20:10"/>Shi da Haruna, suka tara jama’a a gaban dutsen, Musa ya ce musu, “Ku saurara, ku ’yan tawaye, dole mu kawo muku ruwa daga wannan dutse?” <verse eid="NUM 20:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 20:11"/>Sai Musa ya ɗaga hannu, ya bugi dutsen sau biyu da sandansa. Ruwa kuwa ya yi ta kwararowa, jama’a da dabbobinsu suka sha.<verse eid="NUM 20:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 20:12"/>Amma <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna. “Tun da yake ba ku gaskata ni ba, ba ku kuwa ɗaukaka ni a idon Isra’ilawa ba, to, ba za ku kai taron jama’an nan a ƙasar da na ba su ba.”<verse eid="NUM 20:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 20:13"/>Waɗannan su ne ruwan Meriba,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">20.13 </char><char style="fq" closed="false">Meriba </char><char style="ft" closed="false">yana nufin </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">faɗa.</char></note> inda Isra’ilawa suka yi wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> gunaguni, inda kuma ya nuna kansa mai tsarki a cikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 20:13"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Edom ya hana Isra’ila wucewa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 20:14"/>Musa ya aiki manzanni daga Kadesh zuwa wurin sarkin Edom cewa,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 20:14">“Ga abin da ɗan’uwanka Isra’ila ya ce ka san duk irin wahalolin da ya same mu. <verse eid="NUM 20:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 20:15"/>Kakanninmu sun gangaro zuwa Masar, muka zauna can shekaru da yawa. Masarawa suka wulaƙanta mu, da kuma kakanninmu, <verse eid="NUM 20:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 20:16"/>amma da muka yi kuka a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ya kuwa ji mu, sai ya aiko mala’ika, ya fitar da mu daga Masar.</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 20:16">“Yanzu ga mu a Kadesh, garin da yake kan iyakar yankinka. <verse eid="NUM 20:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 20:17"/>Muna roƙonka, ka yarda mana mu bi ta ƙasarka. Ba za mu bi ta wani fili, ko gonar inabi ba, ko mu sha ruwa daga wata rijiya ba. Za mu bi ta babban hanyar sarki, ba kuwa za mu kauce dama, ko hagu ba, har mu wuce yankinka.”<verse eid="NUM 20:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 20:18"/>Amma Edom ya amsa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 20:18">“Ba za ku bi ta nan ba; in kuka kuskura, za mu fito, mu yaƙe ku da takobi.”<verse eid="NUM 20:18"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 20:19"/>Sai Isra’ilawa suka amsa, suka ce,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 20:19">“Za mu bi ta babbar hanya, in mu, ko dabbobinmu suka sha ruwanku, za mu biya. Mu dai muna so mu wuce ne kawai.”<verse eid="NUM 20:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 20:20"/>Sai mutanen Edom suka sāke amsa suka ce,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 20:20">“Ba za ku bi nan ba dai.”</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 20:20">Sai Edom ya fito da runduna mai ƙarfi da yawa gaske a kan Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 20:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 20:21"/>Da yake Edom suka ƙi su bar su su ratsa yankinsu, sai Isra’ila suka juya suka janye daga gare su.<verse eid="NUM 20:21"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Mutuwar Haruna</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 20:22"/>Dukan Jama’ar Isra’ilawa suka tashi daga Kadesh, suka zo Dutsen Hor. <verse eid="NUM 20:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 20:23"/>A Dutsen Hor, kusa da iyakar Edom, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa da Haruna, <verse eid="NUM 20:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 20:24"/>“Haruna zai rasu. Ba zai shiga ƙasar da na ba Isra’ilawa ba, domin ku biyu, kun ƙi ku bi umarnina a ruwan Meriba. <verse eid="NUM 20:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 20:25"/>Ka kawo Haruna da ɗansa Eleyazar, ka kai su a bisan Dutsen Hor. <verse eid="NUM 20:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 20:26"/>Ka tuɓe taguwar Haruna ka sa wa ɗansa Eleyazar, gama Haruna zai rasu a can.”<verse eid="NUM 20:26"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 20:27"/>Musa ya yi yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta. Suka hau Dutsen Hor a idon dukan jama’a. <verse eid="NUM 20:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 20:28"/>Musa ya tuɓe taguwar Haruna, ya kuma sa wa Eleyazar ɗan Haruna. Nan kuwa Haruna ya mutu a bisa dutsen. Sa’an nan Musa da Eleyazar suka sauka daga dutsen, <verse eid="NUM 20:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 20:29"/>sa’ad da dukan jama’a kuwa suka ji cewa Haruna ya mutu, sai dukan gidan Isra’ila suka yi makoki dominsa har kwana talatin.<verse eid="NUM 20:29"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 20"/>
  <chapter number="21" style="c" sid="NUM 21"/>
  <para style="s1">An hallaka Arad</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 21:1"/>Sa’ad da sarkin Arad, mutumin Kan’ana, wanda yake zaune a Negeb, da ya ji cewa Isra’ila yana zuwa ta hanyar Atarim, sai ya fito, yă yaƙi Isra’ilawa, yă kuma kama waɗansunsu. <verse eid="NUM 21:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 21:2"/>Sai Isra’ila suka yi alkawari wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> suka ce, “In ka ba da waɗannan mutane a hannunmu, za mu hallaka dukan garuruwansu ƙaf.” <verse eid="NUM 21:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 21:3"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya saurari kukan Isra’ila, ya kuma ba da Kan’aniyawa a gare su. Suka hallaka su da biranensu ƙaf; saboda haka aka sa wa wurin suna Horma.<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">21.3 </char><char style="fq" closed="false">Horma </char><char style="ft" closed="false">yana nufin </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">hallaka.</char></note><verse eid="NUM 21:3"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Macijin tagulla</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 21:4"/>Suka kama hanya daga Dutsen Hor ta hanya zuwa Jan Teku, don su kauce wa Edom. Amma mutane suka rasa haƙuri a hanya; <verse eid="NUM 21:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 21:5"/>suka yi wa Allah da Musa gunaguni, suka ce, “Me ya sa kuka fitar da mu daga Masar, kuka kawo mu mu mutu a wannan hamada? Babu abinci! Babu ruwa! Mu dai mun gaji da wannan abinci marar amfani!”<verse eid="NUM 21:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 21:6"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya aiko da macizai masu dafin a cikinsu, suka sassari mutane, Isra’ilawa masu yawa kuwa suka mutu. <verse eid="NUM 21:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 21:7"/>Mutanen suka zo wurin Musa, suka ce, “Mun yi zunubi, da muka yi wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> da kai gunaguni. Ka yi addu’a don <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă ɗauke mana macizan nan.” Saboda haka Musa ya yi addu’a domin mutane.<verse eid="NUM 21:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 21:8"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka ƙera siffar maciji ka rataye shi a bisa doguwar sanda; kowa da maciji ya sare shi, idan ya dubi macijin nan da ka rataye, zai rayu.” <verse eid="NUM 21:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 21:9"/>Saboda haka Musa ya ƙera macijin tagulla, ya kuma rataye shi bisa doguwar sanda. Sa’an nan duk wanda maciji ya sare shi, ya kuma dubi macijin tagullar, zai warke.<verse eid="NUM 21:9"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Tafiya zuwa Mowab</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 21:10"/>Isra’ilawa suka kama hanya, suka yi sansani a Obot. <verse eid="NUM 21:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 21:11"/>Sai suka tashi daga Obot, suka yi sansani a Iye Abarim a hamadar da take fuskantar Mowab, wajen fitowar rana. <verse eid="NUM 21:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 21:12"/>Daga nan kuma suka ci gaba, suka yi sansani a Kwarin Zered. <verse eid="NUM 21:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 21:13"/>Suka tashi daga nan, suka sauka kusa da Arnon wanda yake a hamadar da ta miƙe zuwa iyakar Amoriyawa. Arnon shi ne iyakar Mowab, wanda yake tsakanin Mowab da Amoriyawa. <verse eid="NUM 21:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 21:14"/>Shi ya sa Littafin Yaƙoƙin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:14">“Waheb ta cikin yankin Sufa, da kwaruruka</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:14">na tuddan Arnon, <verse eid="NUM 21:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 21:15"/>da gangaren kwaruruka,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:15">wanda ya nausa zuwa garin Ar,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:15">ya kuma dangana da kan iyakar Mowab.”<verse eid="NUM 21:15"/></para>
  <para style="m">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 21:16"/>Daga can, suka gangara zuwa Beyer, wato, rijiyar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka tattara mutane duka, zan kuwa ba su ruwa.”<verse eid="NUM 21:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 21:17"/>Sai Isra’ilawa suka rera wannan waƙa,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:17">“Ki ɓuɓɓugo da ruwa, Ke rijiya!</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:17">Rera waƙa game da ita,<verse eid="NUM 21:17"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 21:18"/>game da rijiyar da ’ya’yan sarki suka haƙa,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:18">rijiyar da manyan mutane masu sandunan sarauta suka nuna da sandunansu.”</para>
  <para style="m" vid="NUM 21:18">Sa’an nan suka tashi daga hamadar, suka tafi Mattana, <verse eid="NUM 21:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 21:19"/>daga Mattana, suka tafi Nahaliyel, daga Nahaliyel, suka tafi Bamot, <verse eid="NUM 21:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 21:20"/>daga Bamot kuma suka tafi kwarin da yake cikin Mowab inda ƙwanƙolin Fisga yake fuskantar hamada.<verse eid="NUM 21:20"/></para>
  <para style="s1">An ci Sihon da Og</para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 2.26-37)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 21:21"/>Isra’ila suka aiki manzanni wurin Sihon sarkin Amoriyawa su ce,<verse eid="NUM 21:21"/></para>
  <para style="pm">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 21:22"/>“Ka bari mu ratsa ta ƙasarka. Ba za mu shiga wata gona ba, ba za mu kuma shiga gonar inabi, ko mu sha ruwa daga wata rijiya ba. Za mu bi ta babbar hanyar sarki, har mu fita ƙasarka.”<verse eid="NUM 21:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 21:23"/>Amma Sihon bai bar Isra’ila su ratsa ta yankinsa ba. Sai ya tara dukan sojojinsa, suka fita zuwa cikin hamada, su yaƙi Isra’ila. Da ya kai Yahaz, sai ya yaƙi Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 21:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 21:24"/>Isra’ila fa suka kashe shi da takobi, suka ƙwace ƙasarsa, tun daga kogin Arnon har zuwa kogin Yabbok, zuwa kan iyakar Ammonawa kawai, gama sun yi wa iyakansu katanga. <verse eid="NUM 21:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 21:25"/>Isra’ila suka ci dukan biranen Amoriyawa, suka kuma zauna a cikinsu, haɗe da babban birnin Heshbon da dukan ƙauyukanta. <verse eid="NUM 21:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 21:26"/>Sihon sarkin Amoriyawa ya yi mulkin Heshbon, bayan ya ci sarkin Mowab na dā da yaƙi, ya kuma ƙwace dukan ƙasarsa har zuwa arewancin kogin Arnon.<verse eid="NUM 21:26"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 21:27"/>Shi ya sa Amoriyawa suka rubuta wannan waƙa game da Heshbon suka ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:27">“Ku zo mu sāke gina Heshbon,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:27">birnin Sihon.<verse eid="NUM 21:27"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 21:28"/>“Mayaƙansa sun fito kamar</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:28">harshen wuta</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:28">suka ƙone birnin Ar na Mowab</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:28">suna hallaka ’yan ƙasar</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:28">tuddan Arnon.<verse eid="NUM 21:28"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 21:29"/>Kaitonki, Mowab!</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:29">Gunkinki Kemosh</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:29">ya yashe mutanenki;</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:29">aka kuma kama su, aka kai su bauta</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:29">wajen Sihon sarkin Amoriyawa.<verse eid="NUM 21:29"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 21:30"/>“Amma mun tumɓuke su,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:30">mun hallaka garuruwan Heshbon har zuwa Dibon.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 21:30">Mun ragargaza su har zuwa Nofa</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 21:30">wanda ya miƙe zuwa Medeba.”<verse eid="NUM 21:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 21:31"/>Ta haka Isra’ila suka zauna a ƙasar Amoriyawa.<verse eid="NUM 21:31"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 21:32"/>Sai Musa ya aika ’yan leƙen asiri zuwa Yazer. Daga baya, sai Isra’ilawa suka ci ƙauyukan da suke kewaye, suka kuma kori Amoriyawa da suke zaune a can.<verse eid="NUM 21:32"/></para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 3.1-11)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 21:33"/>Sai suka juya suka haura kan hanya ta zuwa Bashan, inda Og yake sarauta, ya kuwa fito tare da dukan sojojinsa suka yi yaƙi da Isra’ila a Edireyi.<verse eid="NUM 21:33"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 21:34"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Kada ka ji tsoronsa, gama na ba da shi a gare ka, da dukan sojojinsa da kuma ƙasarsa. Ka yi da shi yadda ka yi da Sihon sarkin Amoriyawa, wanda ya yi mulki a Heshbon.”<verse eid="NUM 21:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 21:35"/>Ta haka suka kashe shi, tare da ’ya’yansa maza da kuma dukan sojojinsa, ba wanda ya ragu. Suka kuma mamaye ƙasarsa.<verse eid="NUM 21:35"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 21"/>
  <chapter number="22" style="c" sid="NUM 22"/>
  <para style="s1">Balak ya kira Bala’am</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 22:1"/>Sai Isra’ilawa suka kama hanya, suka tafi filayen Mowab, a wajen Urdun, a ƙetare Yeriko,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">22.1 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Da Ibraniyanci </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Urdun na Yeriko; </char><char style="ft" closed="false">mai yiwuwa suna na tun dā na Kogin Urdun.</char></note> suka yi sansani a can.<verse eid="NUM 22:1"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 22:2"/>To, fa, Balak ɗan Ziffor ya ga duk abin da Isra’ila suka yi da Amoriyawa. <verse eid="NUM 22:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 22:3"/>Sai Mowab ya firgita ƙwarai saboda yawan mutanen. Tsoron Isra’ilawa ya kama su.<verse eid="NUM 22:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 22:4"/>Sai Mowabawa suka ce wa dattawan Midiyawa, “Wannan taron zai lashe duk abin da ya kewaye mu kamar yadda saniya takan lashe ciyawa a fili.”</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 22:4">Saboda haka Balak ɗan Ziffor, wanda yake sarkin Mowab a lokacin, <verse eid="NUM 22:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 22:5"/>ya aika manzanni su zo da Bala’am ɗan Beyor, wanda yake a Fetor, kusa da Kogi,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">22.5 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Wato, Yuferites.</char></note> a ƙasar haihuwarsa. Balak ya ce,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 22:5">“Ga mutane sun fito daga Masar; sun mamaye ƙasar, suka kuma yi sansani kusa da ni. <verse eid="NUM 22:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 22:6"/>Ka zo yanzu ka la’anta waɗannan mutane, domin sun fi ƙarfina. Wataƙila zan iya cin nasara a kansu, in kuma kore su daga ƙasar. Gama na sani duk waɗanda ka sa musu albarka, sun zama masu albarka ke nan, waɗanda kuma ka la’anta, sun la’antu ke nan.”<verse eid="NUM 22:6"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 22:7"/>Sai dattawan Mowab da na Midiyawa suka tashi, suka ɗauki kuɗi don duba. Da suka zo wurin Bala’am sai suka faɗa masa abin da Balak ya ce.<verse eid="NUM 22:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 22:8"/>Bala’am ya ce musu, “Ku kwana a nan, ni kuwa zan faɗa muku abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya faɗa mini.” Saboda haka dattawan sarkin Mowab suka zauna da shi.<verse eid="NUM 22:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 22:9"/>Sai Allah ya zo wurin Bala’am ya ce, “Su wane ne waɗannan tare da kai?”<verse eid="NUM 22:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 22:10"/>Bala’am ya ce wa Allah, “Balak ɗan Ziffor, sarkin Mowab ne, ya aiko mini wannan saƙo cewa, <verse eid="NUM 22:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 22:11"/>‘Ga mutane sun fito daga Masar sun mamaye ƙasar. Ka zo yanzu ka la’anta mini su. Wataƙila ta haka zan yi nasara a kansu, in kuma kore su.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 22:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 22:12"/>Amma Allah ya ce wa Bala’am, “Kada ka tafi tare da su. Kada ka la’anta mutanen nan, gama su masu albarka ne.”<verse eid="NUM 22:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 22:13"/>Kashegari Bala’am ya tashi ya ce wa dattawan Balak, “Ku koma ƙasarku, domin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya hana ni in tafi tare da ku.”<verse eid="NUM 22:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 22:14"/>Saboda haka dattawan Mowab suka koma wurin Balak suka ce, “Bala’am ya ƙi yă zo tare da mu.”<verse eid="NUM 22:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 22:15"/>Sai Balak ya aika waɗansu dattawa masu yawa, masu daraja kuma fiye da na dā. <verse eid="NUM 22:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 22:16"/>Suka zo wurin Bala’am suka ce,</para>
  <para style="pm" vid="NUM 22:16">“Ga abin da Balak ɗan Ziffor ya ce, Kada ka bar wani abu yă hana ka zuwa wurina, <verse eid="NUM 22:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 22:17"/>gama zan ba ka lada mai yawa in kuma yi duk abin da ka ce. Ka zo ka la’anta mini waɗannan mutane.”<verse eid="NUM 22:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 22:18"/>Amma Bala’am ya amsa musu ya ce, “Ko da a ce Balak zai ba ni gidansa cike da azurfa da zinariya, ba zan yi wani abu ko kaɗan saɓanin umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahna ba. <verse eid="NUM 22:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 22:19"/>To, fa, sai ku kwana a nan kamar yadda waɗancan suka yi, ni kuma in roƙi <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, in ji, wace magana zai ce mini.”<verse eid="NUM 22:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 22:20"/>A wannan dare, Allah ya zo wurin Bala’am ya ce, “Da yake waɗannan mutane sun zo su tafi da kai, to, ka tafi tare da su, sai dai ka yi abin da na ce ka yi ne kaɗai.”<verse eid="NUM 22:20"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Jakin Bala’am</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 22:21"/>Bala’am ya tashi da safe, ya ɗaura wa jakarsa sirdi, ya tafi tare da dattawan Mowab. <verse eid="NUM 22:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 22:22"/>Amma Allah ya husata sa’ad da ya tafi, mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya tsaya a hanya don yă hana shi. Bala’am kuwa yana kan jakarsa tare da bayinsa biyu. <verse eid="NUM 22:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 22:23"/>Da jakar ta hangi mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> tsaye a hanya da takobi a hannunsa, sai ta kauce daga hanya, ta shiga jeji. Bala’am kuwa ya buge ta don tă koma hanya.<verse eid="NUM 22:23"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 22:24"/>Sai mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya tsaya a wata matsattsiyar hanya tsakanin gonaki inabi biyu, da bango a kowane gefe. <verse eid="NUM 22:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 22:25"/>Sa’ad da jakar ta ga mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, sai ta matse a jikin bango, ta goge ƙafar Bala’am da bangon. Saboda haka sai Bala’am ya sāke bugunta.<verse eid="NUM 22:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 22:26"/>Sai mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sha gabansa, ya tsaya a ƙunƙuntaccen wuri inda ba wurin juyawa dama ko hagu. <verse eid="NUM 22:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 22:27"/>Da jakar ta ga mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, sai ta kwanta a ƙasa, Bala’am kuwa ya husata, sai ya buge ta da sandansa. <verse eid="NUM 22:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 22:28"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya buɗe bakin jakar, sai jakar ta ce wa Bala’am, “Me na yi maka da ka buge ni har sau uku?”<verse eid="NUM 22:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 22:29"/>Bala’am ya ce wa jakar “Domin kin wulaƙanta ni! Da a ce ina da takobi a hannuna da zan kashe ki nan take.”<verse eid="NUM 22:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 22:30"/>Jakar ta ce wa Bala’am, “Ni ba jakarka ba ce wadda kake hawa kullum, har yă zuwa yau? Na taɓa yin maka haka?”</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 22:30">Bala’am ya ce, “A’a.”<verse eid="NUM 22:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 22:31"/>Sa’an nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya buɗe idanun Bala’am, ya kuwa ga mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> tsaye a hanya da takobi a zāre. Sai ya sunkuyar da kansa, ya fāɗi rubda ciki.<verse eid="NUM 22:31"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 22:32"/>Sa’an nan mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya tambaye shi, “Don me ka buge jakarka har sau uku? Na fito ne don in hana ka, gama hanyarka ba daidai ba ce a gabana. <verse eid="NUM 22:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 22:33"/>Jakar ta gan ni, ta kauce mini har sau uku. Da a ce ba tă kauce ba, lalle da na kashe ka, in kuwa bar ta da rai.”<verse eid="NUM 22:33"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 22:34"/>Bala’am ya ce wa mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, “Na yi zunubi. Ban san ka tsaya a hanya don ka hana ni ba. Yanzu in ba ka ji daɗin tafiyata, sai in koma.”<verse eid="NUM 22:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 22:35"/>Mala’ikan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Bala’am, “Ka tafi tare da mutanen, amma abin da na faɗa maka ne kaɗai za ka faɗa.” Saboda haka Bala’am ya tafi tare da dattawan Balak.<verse eid="NUM 22:35"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 22:36"/>Da Balak ya ji cewa Bala’am yana zuwa, sai ya fito, ya tarye shi a garin Mowabawa da suke a iyakar Arnon, a ƙarshen yankinsa. <verse eid="NUM 22:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 22:37"/>Balak ya ce wa Bala’am, “Ban aika maka saƙo cikin gagawa ba? Me ya sa ba ka zo ba? Ko ban isa in sāka maka ba ne?”<verse eid="NUM 22:37"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 22:38"/>Bala’am ya amsa ya ce, “To, ai, ga shi, na zo yanzu. Ina da wani ikon yin wata magana ne? Dole in faɗa abin da Allah ya ce in faɗa ne kawai.”<verse eid="NUM 22:38"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 22:39"/>Sa’an nan Bala’am ya tafi tare da Balak zuwa Kiriyat-Huzot, <verse eid="NUM 22:39"/><verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 22:40"/>a can ya yi hadaya da shanu da tumaki, ya kuwa aika wa Bala’am da dattawan da suke tare da shi. <verse eid="NUM 22:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 22:41"/>Kashegari, Balak ya ɗauki Bala’am ya kai shi kan Bamot Ba’al, daga can ya iya ganin sassan sansanin Isra’ilawa.<verse eid="NUM 22:41"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 22"/>
  <chapter number="23" style="c" sid="NUM 23"/>
  <para style="s1">Maganar Bala’am ta farko na abin da Allah ya faɗa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 23:1"/>Bala’am ya ce, “Ka gina mini bagadai bakwai a nan, ka shirya mini bijimai bakwai da raguna bakwai.” <verse eid="NUM 23:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 23:2"/>Balak ya yi yadda Bala’am ya faɗa, sai su biyu suka miƙa bijimi da rago a kan kowane bagade.<verse eid="NUM 23:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 23:3"/>Sa’an nan Bala’am ya ce wa Balak, “Tsaya nan kusa da hadayarka, ni kuwa in koma wani wurin da yake a kaɗaice. Wataƙila <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> zai sadu da ni. Duk abin da ya bayyana mini, zan faɗa maka.” Sai ya haura kan wani wurin da yake a kaɗaice a tudun.<verse eid="NUM 23:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 23:4"/>Allah kuwa ya sadu da Bala’am. Bala’am ya ce, “Na shirya bagadai bakwai, na kuma miƙa bijimi guda da rago guda, a kan kowane bagade.”<verse eid="NUM 23:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 23:5"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba wa Bala’am saƙo ya ce, “Ka koma wurin Balak, ka faɗa masa wannan saƙo.”<verse eid="NUM 23:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 23:6"/>Saboda haka, sai Bala’am ya koma wurin Balak ya same shi tsaye a kusa da hadayarsa, tare da dukan dattawan Mowab. <verse eid="NUM 23:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 23:7"/>Sai Bala’am ya furta abin da Allah ya faɗa masa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:7">“Balak ya kawo ni daga Aram,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:7">sarkin Mowab ya kawo ni daga gabashin duwatsu.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:7">Ya ce, ‘Zo, ka la’anta mini Yaƙub;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:7">zo, ka tsine Isra’ila.’<verse eid="NUM 23:7"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 23:8"/>Yaya zan iya la’anta</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:8">waɗanda Allah bai la’anta ba?</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:8">Yaya zan tsine</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:8">waɗanda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> bai tsine ba?<verse eid="NUM 23:8"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 23:9"/>Daga kan duwatsu na gan su,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:9">daga bisa kan tuddai na hange su.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:9">Na ga mutane da suke zaune su kaɗai</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:9">ba sa ɗauki kansu ɗaya da al’ummai ba.<verse eid="NUM 23:9"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 23:10"/>Wa zai iya ƙidaya ƙurar Yaƙub</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:10">ko yă ƙidaya kashi ɗaya bisa huɗu na Isra’ila?</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:10">Bari in mutu, mutuwar adali</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:10">ƙarshena kuma yă zama kamar nasu!”<verse eid="NUM 23:10"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 23:11"/>Balak ya ce wa Bala’am, “Me ke nan ka yi mini? Na kawo ka, ka la’anta abokan gābana, sai ga shi albarka kake sa musu!”<verse eid="NUM 23:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 23:12"/>Bala’am ya ce, “Ba dole in faɗa abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sa a bakina ba?”<verse eid="NUM 23:12"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Maganar Bala’am ta biyu na abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya faɗa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 23:13"/>Sa’an nan Balak ya ce masa, “Zo, mu tafi wani wuri inda za ka gan su; a nan kana ganin sashe ne kawai, ba dukansu ba. Daga can kuwa, ka la’anta mini su.” <verse eid="NUM 23:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 23:14"/>Saboda haka ya ɗauke shi zuwa filin Zofim a ƙwanƙolin Fisga, a can ya gina bagadai bakwai, ya kuma miƙa bijimi da rago a kan kowane bagade.<verse eid="NUM 23:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 23:15"/>Bala’am ya ce wa Balak, “Tsaya nan kusa da hadayarka, ni kuwa in je in sadu da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a can.”<verse eid="NUM 23:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 23:16"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya sadu da Bala’am, ya kuma ba shi saƙo ya ce, “Koma wurin Balak ka ba shi wannan saƙo.”<verse eid="NUM 23:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 23:17"/>Saboda haka ya tafi ya same Balak tsaye a kusa da hadayarsa, tare da dattawan Mowab. Balak ya tambaye Bala’am ya ce, “Mene ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce?”<verse eid="NUM 23:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 23:18"/>Sai Bala’am ya furta saƙon da aka ba shi ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:18">“Tashi, Balak, ka saurara;</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:18">ka kasa kunne gare ni, ɗan Ziffor.<verse eid="NUM 23:18"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 23:19"/>Allah ba mutum ba ne, da zai yi ƙarya,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:19">shi ba ɗan mutum ba ne, da zai canja tunaninsa.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:19">Yana maganar abin da ba zai iya aikata ba ne?</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:19">Yakan kuma yi alkawarin da ba zai iya cikawa ba?<verse eid="NUM 23:19"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 23:20"/>Na karɓi umarni in sa albarka;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:20">na kuwa sa albarka, ba zan iya janye ta ba.<verse eid="NUM 23:20"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 23:21"/>“Bai ga mugunta a cikin Yaƙub ba,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:21">bai kuma ga wahala a Isra’ila ba.<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">23.21 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Ko kuwa </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Bai dubi laifofin Yaƙub ba, ka a sami wani abin da ba daidai ba a cikin Isra’ila</char></note></para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:21">
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahnsu yana tare da su;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:21">sowar Sarki yana cikinsu.<verse eid="NUM 23:21"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 23:22"/>Allah ya fitar da su daga Masar;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:22">suna da ƙarfi iri na kutunkun ɓauna.<verse eid="NUM 23:22"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 23:23"/>Ba wata maitar da za tă ci Yaƙub,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:23">ba sihiri da zai cuci Isra’ila.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:23">Yanzu za a ce game da Yaƙub</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:23">da Isra’ila, ‘Duba abin da Allah ya yi!’<verse eid="NUM 23:23"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 23:24"/>Mutane sun tashi kamar ƙaƙƙarfar zakanya;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:24">sun tā da kansu kamar zaki</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 23:24">wanda ba ya hutawa</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:24">sai ya cinye naman abin da ya kama</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 23:24">ya kuma sha jinin abin da ya kama.”<verse eid="NUM 23:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 23:25"/>Sai Balak ya ce wa Bala’am, “Kada ka la’anta su, kada kuma ka sa musu albarka!”<verse eid="NUM 23:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 23:26"/>Bala’am amsa ya ce, “Ban faɗa maka zan yi kaɗai abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce ba?”<verse eid="NUM 23:26"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Maganar Bala’am ta uku na abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya faɗa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 23:27"/>Sai Balak ya ce wa Bala’am, “Zo in kai ka wani wuri. Wataƙila zai gamshi Allah, yă bari ka la’anta mini su daga can.” <verse eid="NUM 23:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 23:28"/>Balak kuwa ya ɗauki Bala’am zuwa ƙwanƙolin Feyor, wanda yake fuskantar hamada.<verse eid="NUM 23:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 23:29"/>Bala’am ya ce, “Ka gina mini bagadai bakwai a nan, ka kuma shirya mini bijimai bakwai da raguna bakwai.” <verse eid="NUM 23:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 23:30"/>Balak ya yi yadda Bala’am ya ce, ya kuwa miƙa bijimi da rago a kan kowane bagade.<verse eid="NUM 23:30"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 23"/>
  <chapter number="24" style="c" sid="NUM 24"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 24:1"/>To, da Bala’am ya ga cewa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yana jin daɗin sa wa Isra’ila albarka, bai koma wajen sihiri kamar dā ba, amma ya juya fuskarsa wajen hamada. <verse eid="NUM 24:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 24:2"/>Da Bala’am ya duba sai ya ga Isra’ila sun yi sansani kabila, kabila, Ruhun Allah kuwa ya sauko masa, <verse eid="NUM 24:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 24:3"/>sai ya yi annabcinsa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:3">“Maganar Bala’am ɗan Beyor,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:3">saƙon mutumin da idanunsa ke gani sarai,<verse eid="NUM 24:3"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 24:4"/>maganar mutumin da ya saurari maganar Allah,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:4">maganar wanda yake ganin wahayi daga Maɗaukaki,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">24.4 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Da Ibraniyanci </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Shaddai; </char><char style="ft" closed="false">haka ma a aya 16.</char></note></para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:4">mutumin da ya fāɗi rubda ciki, wanda kuma idanunsa suna a buɗe.<verse eid="NUM 24:4"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 24:5"/>“Ina misalin kyan tentunanka, ya Yaƙub,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:5">wuraren zamanka, ya Isra’ila!<verse eid="NUM 24:5"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 24:6"/>“Kamar kwaruruka suke a shimfiɗe,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:6">kamar lambu kusa da rafi,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:6">kamar itatuwan aloyes da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya dasa,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:6">kamar itatuwa al’ul kusa da ruwaye.<verse eid="NUM 24:6"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 24:7"/>Ruwa zai kwararo daga bokitinsu;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:7">irinsu za su sami ruwa a yalwace.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 24:7"/>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:7">“Sarkinsu zai fi sarkin Agag;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:7">mulkinsu zai ɗaukaka.<verse eid="NUM 24:7"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 24:8"/>“Allah ya fitar da su daga Masar;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:8">suna da ƙarfin kutunkun ɓauna.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:8">Sun cinye abokan gāban,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:8">suka kakkarya ƙasusuwansu;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:8">da kibiyoyinsu suka sossoke su.<verse eid="NUM 24:8"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 24:9"/>Kamar zaki sun laɓe sun kwanta,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:9">kamar zakanya, wa zai yi ƙarfin hali yă tashe su?</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 24:9"/>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:9">“Bari waɗanda suka albarkace ka, su sami albarka</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:9">waɗanda kuma suka la’anta ka, su la’antu!”<verse eid="NUM 24:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 24:10"/>Fushin Balak ya ƙuna a kan Bala’am. Ya tafa hannunsa, ya ce masa, “Na kira ka don ka la’anta abokan gābana, amma sai ga shi ka sa musu albarka har sau uku. <verse eid="NUM 24:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 24:11"/>Yanzu ka bar nan ka tafi gida! Na ce zan sāka maka da lada mai kyau, amma <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya hana ka samun ladan.”<verse eid="NUM 24:11"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 24:12"/>Bala’am ya ce wa Balak, “Ban faɗa wa ’yan aikan da ka aiko wurina ba cewa, <verse eid="NUM 24:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 24:13"/>‘Ko da a ce Balak zai ba ni gidansa cike da azurfa da zinariya, ba zan yi wani abu ko kaɗan saɓanin umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> Allahna ba, kuma dole in faɗa abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce ne kawai’? <verse eid="NUM 24:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 24:14"/>Yanzu zan koma wajen mutanena, amma bari in gargaɗe ka game da abin da mutanen nan za su yi wa mutanenka cikin kwanaki masu zuwa.”<verse eid="NUM 24:14"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Maganar Bala’am ta huɗu na abin da Allah ya faɗa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 24:15"/>Sa’an nan ya furta saƙonsa.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:15">“Maganar Bala’am ɗan Beyor,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:15">saƙon mutumin da idanunsa ke gani sarai,<verse eid="NUM 24:15"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 24:16"/>maganar mutumin da ya saurari maganar Allah,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:16">wanda yake da sani daga Mafi Ɗaukaka,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:16">wanda yake ganin wahayi daga Maɗaukaki,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:16">wanda ya fāɗi rubda ciki, wanda kuma idanunsa suna a buɗe.<verse eid="NUM 24:16"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 24:17"/>“Na gan shi, amma ba yanzu ba;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:17">na hange shi, amma ba kusa ba.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:17">Tauraro zai fito daga Yaƙub;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:17">sandan mulki zai fito daga Isra’ila.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:17">Zai ragargaje goshin Mowab,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:17">kawunan dukan ’ya’yan Set.<verse eid="NUM 24:17"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 24:18"/>Za a ci Edom da yaƙi;</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:18">za a ci Seyir, abokiyar gābanta,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:18">amma Isra’ila zai ƙara ƙarfi.<verse eid="NUM 24:18"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 24:19"/>Mai mulki zai fito daga Yaƙub</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:19">yă hallaka waɗanda suka ragu a birnin.”<verse eid="NUM 24:19"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Maganar Bala’am ta ƙarshe na abin da Allah ya faɗa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 24:20"/>Sai Bala’am ya ga Amalek, ya kuma furta maganarsa.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:20">“Amalek yana cikin al’ummai na fari,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:20">amma zai zama na ƙarshen da za a hallaka.”<verse eid="NUM 24:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 24:21"/>Sai ya ga Keniyawa, ya kuma furta maganarsa.</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:21">“Wurin zamanku lafiya yake,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:21">an kuma sa sheƙarku a cikin duwatsu;<verse eid="NUM 24:21"/></para>
  <para style="q1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 24:22"/>duk da haka, za a hallaka ku Keniyawa</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:22">sa’ad da Asshur ya kame ku.”<verse eid="NUM 24:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 24:23"/>Sai ya furta maganarsa ya ce,</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:23">“Wayyo, wa zai rayu sa’ad da Allah ya yi haka?<verse eid="NUM 24:23"/></para>
  <para style="q2">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 24:24"/>Jiragen ruwa za su zo daga Kittim;</para>
  <para style="q1" vid="NUM 24:24">za su murƙushe Asshur da Eber,</para>
  <para style="q2" vid="NUM 24:24">amma su ma za a hallaka su.”<verse eid="NUM 24:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 24:25"/>Sa’an nan Bala’am ya tashi ya koma gidan, Balak kuma ya yi tafiyarsa.<verse eid="NUM 24:25"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 24"/>
  <chapter number="25" style="c" sid="NUM 25"/>
  <para style="s1">Mowab sun rinjaye Isra’ila</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 25:1"/>Lokacin da Isra’ila suke a sansani a Shittim, sai maza suka fara yin lalata da matan Mowabawa, <verse eid="NUM 25:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 25:2"/>waɗanda suka gayyace su zuwa wajen hadayu na allolinsu. Mutane suka ci suka kuma yi wa waɗannan alloli sujada. <verse eid="NUM 25:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 25:3"/>Ta haka Isra’ila suka sa kai a bautar gumaka Ba’al-Feyor. <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya husata da su.<verse eid="NUM 25:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 25:4"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka kama dukan shugabannin mutanen nan, ka kashe su, ka kuma bar su a tsakar rana a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, don <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă huce daga fushin da nake yi da Isra’ila.”<verse eid="NUM 25:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 25:5"/>Saboda haka Musa ya ce wa alƙalan Isra’ila, “Dole kowannenku yă kashe mutanen nan da suka haɗa kai cikin bautar Ba’al-Feyor.”<verse eid="NUM 25:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 25:6"/>Sa’an nan wani mutumin Isra’ila ya kawo wata Bamidiyana a iyalinsa a idon Musa da dukan taron jama’ar Isra’ila, yayinda suke kuka a ƙofar Tentin Sujada. <verse eid="NUM 25:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 25:7"/>Da Finehas ɗan Eleyazar, ɗan Haruna, firist, ya ga haka, sai ya bar taron, ya ɗauki māshi <verse eid="NUM 25:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 25:8"/>ya bi mutumin Isra’ilan nan cikin tenti, ya soke dukansu biyu, māshin ya ratsa jikin mutumin Isra’ilan har zuwa jikin macen. Sa’an nan aka tsai da annoban nan a kan Isra’ilawa. <verse eid="NUM 25:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 25:9"/>Waɗanda suka mutu a wannan annoba, sun kai mutum 24,000.<verse eid="NUM 25:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 25:10"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 25:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 25:11"/>“Finehas ɗan Eleyazar, ɗan Haruna, firist, ya kawar da fushina daga Isra’ilawa; saboda ya yi kishi irin nawa a gabansu, don haka saboda ɗaukakata ban kawo ƙarshensu ba. <verse eid="NUM 25:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 25:12"/>Saboda haka ka faɗa masa cewa zan yi alkawarin salama da shi. <verse eid="NUM 25:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 25:13"/>Shi da zuriyarsa za su kasance da alkawari na zama firist har abada, saboda kishinsa domin ɗaukakar Allahnsa, ya kuma yi kafara domin Isra’ilawa.”<verse eid="NUM 25:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 25:14"/>Sunan mutumin Isra’ilan da aka kashe tare da macen nan Bamidiyana kuwa Zimri ne, ɗan Salu, shugaban mutanen Simeyon. <verse eid="NUM 25:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 25:15"/>Sunan macen nan Bamidiyana da aka kashe kuwa Kozbi ne, ’yar Zur, wani basaraken iyalin Midiyawa.<verse eid="NUM 25:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 25:16"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 25:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 25:17"/>“Ka ɗauki Midiyawa a matsayin abokan gāba, ka kuma kashe su, <verse eid="NUM 25:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 25:18"/>gama sun ɗauke ku a matsayin abokan gāba, sa’ad da suka ruɗe ku a kan al’amuran Feyor da ’yar’uwarsu Kozbi ’yar shugaban Midiyawa, macen da aka kashe a annoba ta dalili Feyor.”<verse eid="NUM 25:18"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 25"/>
  <chapter number="26" style="c" sid="NUM 26"/>
  <para style="s1">Ƙidaya ta biyu</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 26:1"/>Bayan annobar, sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa da Eleyazar ɗan Haruna, firist ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 26:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 26:2"/>“Ku ƙidaya dukan jama’ar Isra’ila daga mai shekaru ashirin zuwa gaba da za su iya aikin sojan Isra’ila.” <verse eid="NUM 26:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 26:3"/>Musa da Eleyazar firist suka yi musu magana a filayen Mowab kusa da Urdun daga ƙetaren Yeriko, suka ce, <verse eid="NUM 26:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 26:4"/>“Ku ƙidaya maza daga mai shekara ashirin zuwa gaba yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.”</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 26:4"/>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 26:4">Waɗannan su ne Isra’ilawan da suka fito daga Masar.<verse eid="NUM 26:4"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 26:5"/>Zuriyar Ruben ɗan fari na Isra’ila,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:5">daga Hanok; kabilar Hanokawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:5">daga Fallu; kabilar Falluyawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:5"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 26:6"/>daga Hezron, kabilar Hezronawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:6">daga Karmi, kabilar Karmiyawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:6"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 26:7"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Ruben; jimillarsu ta kai 43,730.<verse eid="NUM 26:7"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 26:8"/>Ɗan Fallu kuwa shi ne Eliyab, <verse eid="NUM 26:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 26:9"/>’ya’yan Eliyab maza kuwa su ne, Nemuwel, Datan da Abiram. Datan da Abiram nan, su ne shugabannin mutanen da suka tayar wa Musa da Haruna, suna kuma cikin waɗanda suka bi Kora sa’ad da ya tayar wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 26:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 26:10"/>Ƙasa kuwa ta buɗe ta haɗiye su tare da Kora, wanda ƙungiyarsa ta mutu sa’ad da wuta ta cinye mutum 250. Wannan kuwa ya zama alamar faɗakarwa. <verse eid="NUM 26:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 26:11"/>Amma fa, zuriyar Kora ba tă mutu ba.<verse eid="NUM 26:11"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 26:12"/>Zuriyar Simeyon bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:12">daga Nemuwel, kabilar Nemuwelawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:12">daga Yamin, kabilar Yaminawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:12">daga Yakin, kabilar Yakinawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:12"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 26:13"/>daga Zera, kabilar Zerawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:13">daga Sha’ul, kabilar Sha’ul.<verse eid="NUM 26:13"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 26:14"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Simeyon; jimillarsu ta kai 22,200.<verse eid="NUM 26:14"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 26:15"/>Zuriyar Gad bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:15">daga Zafon, kabilar Zafonawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:15">daga Haggi, kabilar Haggiwa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:15">daga Shuni, kabilar Shunawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:15"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 26:16"/>daga Ozni, kabilar Ozniyawa</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:16">daga Eri, kabilar Eriyawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:16"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 26:17"/>daga Arod, kabilar Arodiyawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:17">daga Areli, kabilar Areliyawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:17"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 26:18"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Gad, jimillarsu ta kai 40,500.<verse eid="NUM 26:18"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 26:19"/>Er da Onan, ’ya’yan Yahuda ne, amma sun mutu a Kan’ana.<verse eid="NUM 26:19"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 26:20"/>Zuriyar Yahuda bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:20">daga Shela, kabilar Shelayawa</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:20">daga Ferez, kabilar Ferezawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:20">daga Zera, kabilar Zerawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:20"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 26:21"/>Zuriyar Ferez kuwa,</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:21">daga Hezron, kabilar Hezronawa;</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:21">daga Hamul; kabilar Hamulawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:21"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 26:22"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Yahuda; jimillarsu ta kai 76,500.<verse eid="NUM 26:22"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 26:23"/>Zuriyar Issakar bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:23">daga Tola, kabilar Tolatawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:23">daga Fuwa, kabilar Fuwayawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:23"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 26:24"/>daga Yashub, kabilar Yashubawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:24">daga Shimron, kabilar Shimronawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:24"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 26:25"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Issakar; jimillarsu ta kai 64,300.<verse eid="NUM 26:25"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 26:26"/>Zuriyar Zebulun bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:26">daga Sered, kabilar Seredawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:26">daga Elon kabilar Elonawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:26">daga Yaleyel; kabilar Yaleyewa.<verse eid="NUM 26:26"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 26:27"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Zebulun, jimillarsu ta kai 60,500.<verse eid="NUM 26:27"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 26:28"/>Zuriyar Yusuf bisa ga kabilansu ta wurin Manasse da Efraim.<verse eid="NUM 26:28"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 26:29"/>Zuriyar Manasse,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:29">daga Makir, kabilar Makiriyawa (Makir shi ne mahaifin Gileyad);</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:29">daga Gileyad, kabilar Gileyadawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:29"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 26:30"/>Waɗannan su ne zuriya Gileyad,</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:30">daga Iyezer, kabilar Iyezerawa;</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:30">daga Helek, kabilar Helekawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:30"/></para>
  <para style="li3">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 26:31"/>daga Asriyel, kabilar Asriyelawa;</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:31">daga Shekem, kabilar Shekem;<verse eid="NUM 26:31"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 26:32"/>daga Shemida, kabilar Shemadawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:32">daga Hefer, kabilar Heferawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:32"/></para>
  <para style="li3">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 26:33"/>(Zelofehad ɗan Hefer, ba shi da ’ya’ya maza; ’yan mata ne kaɗai ya haifa, sunayensu kuwa su ne Mala, Nowa, Hogla, Milka da Tirza.)<verse eid="NUM 26:33"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 26:34"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Manasse, jimillarsu ta kai 52,700.<verse eid="NUM 26:34"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 26:35"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Efraim bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:35">daga Shutela, kabilar Shutelawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:35">daga Beker, kabilar Bekerawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:35">daga Tahan, kabilar Tahanawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:35"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 26:36"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Shutelawa,</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:36">daga Eran, kabilar Eranawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:36"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 26:37"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Efraim; jimillarsu ta kai 32,500.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 26:37">Waɗannan su ne kabilan Yusuf ta wurin kabilansu.<verse eid="NUM 26:37"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 26:38"/>Zuriyar Benyamin bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:38">daga Bela, kabilar Belawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:38">daga Ashbel, kabilar Ashbelawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:38">daga Ahiram, kabilar Ahiramawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:38"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 26:39"/>daga Shufam, kabilar Shufamawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:39">daga Hufam, kabilar Hufamawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:39"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 26:40"/>Zuriyar Bela daga Ard da Na’aman,</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:40">daga Ard, kabilar Ardawa;</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:40">daga Na’aman, kabilar Na’amawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:40"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 26:41"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Benyamin, jimillarsu ta kai 45,600.<verse eid="NUM 26:41"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 26:42"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Dan bisa ga kabilarsu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:42">daga Shuham, kabilar Shuhamawa.</para>
  <para style="li4" vid="NUM 26:42">Waɗannan su ne kabilan Dan. <verse eid="NUM 26:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 26:43"/>Dukansu kabilan Shuhamawa ne, jimillarsu ta kai 64,400.<verse eid="NUM 26:43"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 26:44"/>Zuriyar Asher bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:44">daga Imna, kabilar Imnawa</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:44">daga Ishbi, kabilar Ishbiyawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:44">daga Beriya, kabilar Beriyawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:44"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 26:45"/>daga zuriyar Beriya kuwa,</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:45">daga Heber, kabilar Heberawa;</para>
  <para style="li3" vid="NUM 26:45">daga Malkiyel, kabilar Malkiyelawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:45"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 26:46"/>(Asher yana da ’ya mace da ake kira Sera.)<verse eid="NUM 26:46"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 26:47"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Asher; jimillarsu ta kai 53,400.<verse eid="NUM 26:47"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 26:48"/>Zuriyar Naftali bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:48">daga Yazeyel, kabilar Yazeyelawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:48">daga Guni, kabilar Guniyawa;<verse eid="NUM 26:48"/></para>
  <para style="li2">
    <verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 26:49"/>daga Yezer, kabilar Yezerawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:49">daga Shillem, kabilar Shillemawa.<verse eid="NUM 26:49"/></para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 26:50"/>Waɗannan su ne kabilan Naftali, jimillarsu ta kai 45,400.<verse eid="NUM 26:50"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 26:51"/>Dukan jimillar mazan Isra’ila ta kai 601,730.<verse eid="NUM 26:51"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="52" style="v" sid="NUM 26:52"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 26:52"/><verse number="53" style="v" sid="NUM 26:53"/>“Ka rarraba musu ƙasar a matsayin gādo, bisa ga yawan kabila. <verse eid="NUM 26:53"/><verse number="54" style="v" sid="NUM 26:54"/>Ga ƙungiya mafi girma, ka ba ta rabo mafi girma; ga ƙaramar ƙungiya kuwa, ka ba ta ƙarami rabo; kowane zai karɓa rabonsa ga yawan mutanen da aka rubuta. <verse eid="NUM 26:54"/><verse number="55" style="v" sid="NUM 26:55"/>Ka tabbatar an rarraba ƙasar ta wurin rabo. Abin da kowace ƙungiya ta gāda zai zama bisa ga sunayen kabilar kakanninta. <verse eid="NUM 26:55"/><verse number="56" style="v" sid="NUM 26:56"/>Za a raba kowane gādo bisa ga rabo tsakanin manyan da ƙanana ƙungiyoyi.”<verse eid="NUM 26:56"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="57" style="v" sid="NUM 26:57"/>Waɗannan su ne Lawiyawa da a ƙidaya bisa ga kabilansu,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:57">daga Gershom, kabilar Gershonawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:57">daga Kohat, kabilar Kohatawa;</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:57">daga Merari, kabilar Merari.<verse eid="NUM 26:57"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="58" style="v" sid="NUM 26:58"/>Waɗannan kuma su ne kabilan Lawiyawa,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">kabilar Libniyawa,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">kabilar Hebronawa,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">kabilar Maliyawa,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">kabilar Mushiyawa,</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">kabilar Korayawa</para>
  <para style="li2" vid="NUM 26:58">(Kohat shi ne kakan Amram; <verse eid="NUM 26:58"/><verse number="59" style="v" sid="NUM 26:59"/>sunan matan Amram shi ne Yokebed, ita zuriyar Lawi ce, wadda aka haifa wa Lawiyawa<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">26.59 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Ko kuwa </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Yokebed, ’yar Lawi, wadda aka haifa wa Lawi</char></note> a Masar. A wajen Amram kuwa ta haifi Haruna, Musa da kuma ’yar’uwarsu Miriyam. <verse eid="NUM 26:59"/><verse number="60" style="v" sid="NUM 26:60"/>Haruna shi ne mahaifin Nadab, Abihu, Eleyazar da kuma Itamar. <verse eid="NUM 26:60"/><verse number="61" style="v" sid="NUM 26:61"/>Amma Nadab da Abihu sun mutu sa’ad da suka miƙa hadaya da haramtacciyar wuta a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji.</char>)<verse eid="NUM 26:61"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="62" style="v" sid="NUM 26:62"/>Dukan ’ya’yan Lawiyawa maza daga wata ɗaya zuwa gaba, jimillarsu ta kai 23,000. Ba a ƙidaya su tare da sauran Isra’ilawa ba, domin ba a ba su gādo tare da su ba.<verse eid="NUM 26:62"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="63" style="v" sid="NUM 26:63"/>Waɗannan su ne waɗanda Musa da Eleyazar firist, suka ƙidaya sa’ad da suka ƙidaya Isra’ilawa a filaye Mowab kusa da Urdun a hayen Yeriko. <verse eid="NUM 26:63"/><verse number="64" style="v" sid="NUM 26:64"/>Ba ko ɗayansu da yake cikin waɗanda Musa da Haruna firist, suka ƙidaya sa’ad da suka ƙidaya Isra’ilawa a Hamadar Sinai. <verse eid="NUM 26:64"/><verse number="65" style="v" sid="NUM 26:65"/>Gama <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya riga ya gaya wa waɗancan Isra’ilawa cewa lalle za su mutu a hamada, kuma ba ko ɗayansu da ya rage, sai Kaleb ɗan Yefunne da Yoshuwa ɗan Nun.<verse eid="NUM 26:65"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 26"/>
  <chapter number="27" style="c" sid="NUM 27"/>
  <para style="s1">’Ya’yan Zelofehad mata</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 27:1"/>’Ya’yan nan mata na Zelofehad, ɗan Hefer, ɗan Gileyad, ɗan Makir, ɗan Manasse, suna cikin kabilan Manasse ɗan Yusuf, suka tafi ƙofar shiga Tentin Sujada. Sunayensu kuwa su ne Mala, Nowa, Hogla, Milka da kuma Tirza. <verse eid="NUM 27:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 27:2"/>Da suka tafi ƙofar shiga Tentin Sujada, sai suka tsaya a gaban Musa, Eleyazar firist, shugabannin da sauran taro, suka ce, <verse eid="NUM 27:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 27:3"/>“Mahaifinmu ya mutu a hamada. Ba ya cikin mabiyan Kora waɗanda suka taru suka tayar wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, amma ya mutu ne saboda zunubinsa, bai kuma bar ’ya’ya maza ba. <verse eid="NUM 27:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 27:4"/>Me ya sa sunan mahaifinmu zai ɓace a kabilarsa don kawai ba shi da ɗa? Ka ba mu gādo cikin ’yan’uwan mahaifinmu.”<verse eid="NUM 27:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 27:5"/>Saboda haka Musa ya kawo maganarsu a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 27:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 27:6"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa ya ce wa masa, <verse eid="NUM 27:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 27:7"/>“Abin da ’ya’yan nan mata na Zelofehad suke faɗi gaskiya ne. Dole ka ba su mallaka a matsayin gādo cikin ’yan’uwan mahaifinsu, ka kuma mayar musu da gādon mahaifinsu.<verse eid="NUM 27:7"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 27:8"/>“Ka faɗa wa Isra’ilawa cewa, ‘In wani ya mutu ba shi da ɗa, a ba da gādonsa ga ’yarsa. <verse eid="NUM 27:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 27:9"/>In ba shi da diya, sai a ba wa ’yan’uwansa gādonsa. <verse eid="NUM 27:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 27:10"/>In ba shi da ’yan’uwa, a ba da gādonsa ga ’yan’uwan mahaifinsa. <verse eid="NUM 27:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 27:11"/>In mahaifinsa ba shi da ’yan’uwa, a ba da gādonsa ga danginsa na kusa, a kabilarsa don yă mallaka. Wannan ya zama ƙa’ida wa Isra’ilawa, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 27:11"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Yoshuwa zai gāji Musa</para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 31.1-8)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 27:12"/>Sa’an nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Hau bisa wannan dutse a Abarim. Ka ga ƙasar da na ba wa Isra’ilawa. <verse eid="NUM 27:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 27:13"/>Bayan ka gani, kai ma za ka bi ƙafafun mutanenka, kamar yadda ɗan’uwanka Haruna ya yi, <verse eid="NUM 27:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 27:14"/>gama sa’ad da jama’a suka yi tayarwa saboda rashin ruwa a Hamadan Zin, ku biyu, ba ku kiyaye umarnina don ku ɗaukaka ni matsayin mai tsarki, a gabansu ba.” (Waɗannan su ne ruwaye na Meriba da Kadesh, a Hamadan Zin.)<verse eid="NUM 27:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 27:15"/>Musa ya ce wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, <verse eid="NUM 27:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 27:16"/>“Bari <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Allah na ruhohin ’yan adam, yă naɗa wani a kan wannan jama’a <verse eid="NUM 27:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 27:17"/>yă shiga, yă kuma fita a gabansu, wanda zai bishe su zuwa waje, yă kuma dawo da su ciki, don kada mutanen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> su zama kamar tumakin da ba su da makiyayi.”<verse eid="NUM 27:17"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 27:18"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, “Ka ɗauki Yoshuwa ɗan Nun, mutumin da ruhun shugabanci yake a cikinsa, ka ɗibiya masa hannunka. <verse eid="NUM 27:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 27:19"/>Ka sa yă tsaya a gaban Eleyazar firist, da gaban dukan jama’a, sa’an nan ka keɓe shi a gabansu. <verse eid="NUM 27:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 27:20"/>Ka danƙa masa ikonka don dukan jama’a Isra’ilawa su yi masa biyayya. <verse eid="NUM 27:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 27:21"/>Zai tsaya a gaban Eleyazar firist, wanda zai nemi masa shawara ta wurin Urim a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. Da umarninsa, da shi da dukan jama’ar Isra’ilawa za su fita, da umarninsa kuma za su shiga.”<verse eid="NUM 27:21"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 27:22"/>Musa ya yi yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi. Ya ɗauki Yoshuwa, ya sa ya tsaya a gaban Eleyazar firist, da kuma gaban dukan jama’a. <verse eid="NUM 27:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 27:23"/>Sai ya ɗibiya masa hannuwansa, ya keɓe shi, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta ta wurin Musa.<verse eid="NUM 27:23"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 27"/>
  <chapter number="28" style="c" sid="NUM 28"/>
  <para style="s1">Hadayu na kullayaumi</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="EXO 29:38-43">Fitowa 29.38-43</ref>; <ref loc="LEV 6:8-13">Firistoci 6.8-13</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 28:1"/>Sai <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 28:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 28:2"/>“Ka umarci Isra’ilawa cewa, ‘Ku tabbatar kun miƙa mini hadaya ta abinci ta wuta mai daɗin ƙanshi a gare ni, a daidai lokaci.’ <verse eid="NUM 28:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 28:3"/>Ka gaya musu, ‘Ga hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kowace rana, da za ku miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, raguna biyu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 28:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 28:4"/>A miƙa rago ɗaya da safe, ɗaya kuma da yamma, <verse eid="NUM 28:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 28:5"/>tare da hadaya ta lallausan gari kashi ɗaya bisa goma na efan, kwaɓaɓɓe da kwalaba ɗaya na man zaitun mafi kyau. <verse eid="NUM 28:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 28:6"/>Wannan ita ce hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum wadda aka kafa a Dutsen Sinai, don daɗin ƙanshi, wato, hadaya ce da aka ƙone da wuta ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 28:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 28:7"/>Hadaya ta sha, za tă zama kwalaba ɗaya na ruwan inabi, da ɗan rago guda. Za a kwarara hadaya ta sha ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a wuri mai tsarki. <verse eid="NUM 28:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 28:8"/>Ɗayan ɗan ragon kuma za a miƙa shi da yamma, tare irin hadaya ta lallausan gari, da hadaya ta sha da ka yi da safe. Wannan hadaya ce ta ƙonawa mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 28:8"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Hadayun Asabbaci</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 28:9"/>“ ‘A ranar Asabbaci, za a miƙa ’yan raguna biyu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya marasa lahani, tare da hadaya ta sha, da hadaya ta lallausan gari kashi biyu bisa goma na efa, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai. <verse eid="NUM 28:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 28:10"/>Wannan ita ce hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kowace Asabbaci, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da ta hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 28:10"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Hadayu na Kowane Wata</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 28:11"/>“ ‘A rana ta fari ga kowane wata, za a miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> hadayun ’yan bijimai biyu, rago ɗaya, da ’yan tumaki bakwai, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu kuma marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 28:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 28:12"/>Da kowane bijimi, a kasance da hadaya ta lallausan garin da aka kwaɓa da mai na kashi uku bisa goma na efa; da ɗan rago kuwa, a kasance da hadaya ta lallausan garin da aka kwaɓa da mai na kashi biyu bisa goma na efa; <verse eid="NUM 28:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 28:13"/>da kowane tunkiya kuma, a kasance da hadaya ta lallausan garin da aka kwaɓa da mai, na kashi ɗaya bisa goma na efa. Wannan hadaya ce da aka ƙone da wuta ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 28:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 28:14"/>Da kowane bijimi, za a kasance da hadaya ta sha, na rabin kwalabar ruwan inabi; da rago kuwa, a kasance da kashi ɗaya bisa uku; da kowace tunkiya kuma, a kasance da kashi ɗaya bisa huɗu. Wannan ita ce hadaya ta ƙonawa don tsayawar kowane sabon wata na shekara. <verse eid="NUM 28:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 28:15"/>Ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum tare da hadaya ta sha, za a miƙa bunsuru ɗaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, hadaya ce don zunubi.<verse eid="NUM 28:15"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Bikin Ƙetarewa</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 23:4-8">Firistoci 23.4-8</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 28:16"/>“ ‘Za a yi Bikin Ƙetarewa ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a rana ta goma sha huɗu ga wata na fari. <verse eid="NUM 28:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 28:17"/>A rana ta goma sha biyar ga wannan wata, za a yi biki; kwana bakwai za a ci burodi marar yisti. <verse eid="NUM 28:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 28:18"/>A rana ta farko, za ku yi tsattsarkan taro, ba kuwa za a yi aikin da aka saba yi na kullum ba. <verse eid="NUM 28:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 28:19"/>Za a miƙa hadaya ta ƙonawa da bijimai biyu, rago ɗaya, da ’yan raguna bakwai, bana ɗaya-ɗaya; dukansu kuma marasa lahani ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 28:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 28:20"/>Da kowane bijimi, a shirya kashi ɗaya bisa uku na efan lallausan gari, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; da rago guda kuwa, a shirya kashi biyu bisa goma na efan lallausan gari, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; <verse eid="NUM 28:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 28:21"/>da kowane ’yan raguna bakwai, kashi ɗaya bisa goma. <verse eid="NUM 28:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 28:22"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda, a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, don yin muku kafara. <verse eid="NUM 28:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 28:23"/>Ku shirya wannan tare da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kowace safiya. <verse eid="NUM 28:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 28:24"/>Ta haka za a shirya abinci don hadayar da aka yi da wuta, kowace rana, har kwana bakwai don daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>; a shirya shi haɗe da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, da kuma hadaya ta sha. <verse eid="NUM 28:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 28:25"/>A rana ta bakwai, za ku yi tsattsarkan taro, amma ba za a yi aikin da aka saba yi kullum ba.<verse eid="NUM 28:25"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Bikin Makoni</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 23:15-22">Firistoci 23.15-22</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 28:26"/>“ ‘A ranar nunan fari, sa’ad da za ku miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> hadayar sabon hatsi, a lokacin Bikin Makoni, za a yi tsattsarkan taro, ba kuwa za a yi aikin da aka saba yi ba. <verse eid="NUM 28:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 28:27"/>A miƙa hadaya ta ƙonawa da ’yan bijimai biyu, rago ɗaya da ’yan raguna bakwai, bana ɗaya-ɗaya don daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 28:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 28:28"/>Da kowane bijimi a kasance da hadaya ta lallausan gari kashi uku bisa goma na efa, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; da rago kuwa, a kasance da hadaya ta lallausan gari kashi biyu bisa goma na efa, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; <verse eid="NUM 28:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 28:29"/>da kowane ’yan raguna bakwai, kashi ɗaya bisa goma. <verse eid="NUM 28:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 28:30"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda don yin muku kafara. <verse eid="NUM 28:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 28:31"/>A miƙa waɗannan tare da hadayarsu ta sha, haɗe da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, da kuma hadayarta ta sha. A tabbata dabbobin nan marasa lahani ne.<verse eid="NUM 28:31"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 28"/>
  <chapter number="29" style="c" sid="NUM 29"/>
  <para style="s1">Bikin Ƙahoni</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 23:23-25">Firistoci 23.23-25</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 29:1"/>“ ‘A rana ta farko ga wata na bakwai, a yi tsattsarkan taro, kada kuma a yi aikin da aka saba na kullum. Rana ce don busa ƙahoni. <verse eid="NUM 29:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 29:2"/>Za a miƙa hadaya ta ƙonawa da bijimi guda, rago guda, ’yan raguna bakwai, bana ɗaya-ɗaya don daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, duka su kasance marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 29:3"/>Tare da bijimin za a kuma miƙa hadaya ta gari na kashi ɗaya bisa goma na efa na lallausan gari, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; da rago guda, kashi biyu bisa goma na efa na lallausan gari, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; <verse eid="NUM 29:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 29:4"/>kowane ’yan raguna bakwai, kashi ɗaya bisa goma. <verse eid="NUM 29:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 29:5"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, don yin muku kafara. <verse eid="NUM 29:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 29:6"/>Waɗannan ƙari ne ga hadayun ƙonawa na wata-wata da na kullayaumi, tare da hadayun garinsu da hadayun sha yadda aka tsara. Hadayu ne da aka miƙa wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ta wuta don daɗin ƙanshi.<verse eid="NUM 29:6"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Ranar Kafara</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 23:26-32">Firistoci 23.26-32</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 29:7"/>“ ‘A rana ta goma ga wannan watan bakwai, za a yi tsattsarkan taro. Ba za ku ci abinci ba, ba kuma za ku yi aiki ba. <verse eid="NUM 29:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 29:8"/>Za a miƙa hadaya ta ƙonawa da bijimi guda, rago guda, da kuma ’yan raguna bakwai, ’yan bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani don daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 29:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 29:9"/>Tare da bijimin a miƙa hadaya ta gari na kashi ɗaya bisa goma na efa, na lallausan gari kwaɓaɓɓe, da mai; da rago guda, kashi biyu bisa goma na efa, na lallausan gari kwaɓaɓɓe, da mai; <verse eid="NUM 29:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 29:10"/>kowane ’yan raguna bakwai, kashi ɗaya bisa goma. <verse eid="NUM 29:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 29:11"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, don yin muku kafara da kuma hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum; tare da hadaya ta garinta, da kuma hadayu na shansu.<verse eid="NUM 29:11"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Bikin tabanakul</para>
  <para style="r">(<ref loc="LEV 23:33-44">Firistoci 23.33-44</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 29:12"/>“ ‘A rana ta goma sha biyar ga wata na bakwai, za a yi tsattsarkan taro, ba kuwa za a yi aikin da aka saba yi ba. Ku yi biki ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> har kwana bakwai. <verse eid="NUM 29:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 29:13"/>A miƙa hadayar da aka yi da wuta, mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, hadaya ta ƙonawa ta bijimai guda sha uku, raguna biyu, da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 29:14"/>Da kowane bijimai goma sha uku nan, a miƙa hadaya ta gari, kashi uku bisa goma na efa, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; da ragunan biyu ɗin, a miƙa hadaya ta gari kashi biyu bisa goma na efa, kwaɓaɓɓe da mai; <verse eid="NUM 29:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 29:15"/>tare kuma da kowane ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, kashi ɗaya bisa goma. <verse eid="NUM 29:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 29:16"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda, a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa na kullum tare da hadayarta, ta gari da kuma hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:16"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 29:17"/>“ ‘A rana ta biyu, a miƙa bijimai goma sha biyu, raguna biyu, da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 29:18"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da ’yan ragunan a miƙa hadayarsu da gari da hadaya ta sha, bisa ga adadin da aka ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 29:19"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya, don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da hadayarta ta gari da hadayunsu ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 29:20"/>“ ‘A rana ta uku za a miƙa bijimai goma sha ɗaya, raguna biyu, da kuma ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 29:21"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da ’yan raguna, a miƙa hadayun gari da hadayun sha, bisa ga adadin da aka ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 29:22"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da hadayarta ta gari da hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 29:23"/>“ ‘A rana ta huɗu a miƙa bijimai goma, raguna biyu, da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 29:24"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da kuma ’yan raguna, a miƙa hadayunsu na gari da hadayu na sha bisa ga adadin da aka ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 29:25"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda, a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da hadayarta ta gari da hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 29:26"/>“ ‘A rana ta biyar a miƙa bijimai tara, raguna biyu, da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 29:27"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da kuma ’yan ragunan, a miƙa hadayu na gari, da hadayu na sha bisa ga adadin da aka ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 29:28"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da hadayarta ta gari da hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 29:29"/>“ ‘A rana ta shida a miƙa bijimai takwas, raguna biyu, da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 29:30"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da kuma ’yan raguna, a miƙa hadayunsu ta gari da hadayu na sha bisa adadin da a ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 29:31"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum tare da hadayarta ta hatsi da hadaya ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:31"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 29:32"/>“ ‘A rana ta bakwai a miƙa bijimai bakwai, raguna biyu da ’yan raguna goma sha huɗu, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 29:33"/>Tare da bijiman, ragunan da kuma ’yan raguna, a miƙa hadayunsu na gari, da hadayun sha bisa ga adadin da a ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 29:34"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum tare da hadayarta ta hatsi da hadayarta ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:34"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 29:35"/>“ ‘A rana ta takwas kuwa za a yi tsattsarkan taro, ban da aikin da aka saba. <verse eid="NUM 29:35"/><verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 29:36"/>A miƙa hadayar da aka yi da wuta mai daɗin ƙanshi ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, a yi hadaya ta ƙonawa da bijimi guda, rago guda, da ’yan raguna bakwai, bana ɗaya-ɗaya, dukansu marasa lahani. <verse eid="NUM 29:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 29:37"/>Tare da bijimin, ragon da kuma ’yan ragunan, a miƙa hadayunsu na gari da hadayu na sha bisa ga adadin da aka ƙayyade. <verse eid="NUM 29:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 29:38"/>A haɗa da bunsuru guda a matsayin hadaya don zunubi, ban da hadaya ta ƙonawa ta kullum, tare da hadayarta ta hatsi da hadayarta ta sha.<verse eid="NUM 29:38"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 29:39"/>“ ‘Ban da abin da kuka yi alkawari, da kuma sadakokinku na yardar rai, a miƙa waɗannan ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> a lokacin bukukkuwanku, hadayunku na ƙonawa, hadayu na gari, hadayu na sha da hadayu na salama.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 29:39"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 29:40"/>Musa ya faɗa wa Isra’ilawa dukan abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi.<verse eid="NUM 29:40"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 29"/>
  <chapter number="30" style="c" sid="NUM 30"/>
  <para style="s1">Alkawura</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 30:1"/>Musa ya ce wa shugabannin kabilan Isra’ila, “Ga abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta. <verse eid="NUM 30:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 30:2"/>Sa’ad da mutum ya yi wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> alkawari, ko kuwa ya rantse zai yi wani abu, kada yă ƙi cika maganarsa, amma yă cika kome da ya faɗa.<verse eid="NUM 30:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 30:3"/>“Sa’ad da yarinya, wadda har yanzu tana a gidan mahaifinta ta yi wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> alkawari, ko ta rantse za tă yi wani abu, <verse eid="NUM 30:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 30:4"/>mahaifinta kuwa ya ji alkawarin da ta yi, bai kuma ce mata kome ba, to, sai alkawarin da ta yi da wa’adinta su tabbata. <verse eid="NUM 30:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 30:5"/>Amma in mahaifinta ya hana ta, sa’ad da ya ji game da shi, to, ba wani daga cikin alkawari ko rantsuwar da ta yi zai tabbata; <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa zai gafarta mata domin maihaifinta ya hana ta.<verse eid="NUM 30:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 30:6"/>“In ta yi aure, sai daga baya ta yi alkawari ko kuwa leɓunanta sun furta alkawari da garaje, cewa za tă yi wani abu, <verse eid="NUM 30:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 30:7"/>mijinta kuwa ya ji game da wannan, amma bai ce mata kome ba, to, alkawarin da ta yi da kuma rantsuwar da ta yi, su tabbata. <verse eid="NUM 30:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 30:8"/>Amma in mijin ya hana ta sa’ad da ya ji, zai warware alkawari da kuma rantsuwar da ta yi da garaje, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa zai gafarce ta.<verse eid="NUM 30:8"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 30:9"/>“Duk wani alkawari ko rantsuwar da gwauruwa, ko macen da aurenta ya mutu, ta yi, zai tabbata a kanta.<verse eid="NUM 30:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 30:10"/>“In macen aure ta yi alkawari, ko ta rantse za tă yi wani abu, <verse eid="NUM 30:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 30:11"/>mijinta kuwa ya ji game da wannan, amma bai ce mata kome ba, bai kuma hana ta ba, to, dukan alkawari da kuma rantsuwar da ta yi su tabbata a kanta. <verse eid="NUM 30:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 30:12"/>Amma in mijin ya warware su sa’ad da ya ji, to, ba wani alkawari ko rantsuwar da ya fito daga leɓunanta da zai tabbata. Mijinta ya warware su, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuma zai gafarce ta. <verse eid="NUM 30:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 30:13"/>Mijinta yana iya tabbatar, ko yă rushe duk wani alkawari ko rantsuwar da ta ɗauka. <verse eid="NUM 30:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 30:14"/>Amma in mijinta bai ce mata kome ba, to, ya tabbatar da dukan alkawarinta da kuma rantsuwarta ke nan. Ya tabbatar da su ta wurin yin shiru sa’ad da ya ji ta. <verse eid="NUM 30:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 30:15"/>Amma in ya ji, sa’an nan daga baya ya hana ta, to, zai sha hukuncin laifinta.”<verse eid="NUM 30:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 30:16"/>Waɗannan su ne ƙa’idodin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba wa Musa game da dangantakar miji da matarsa, da kuma tsakanin mahaifi da ’yarsa wadda har yanzu tana a gidansa.<verse eid="NUM 30:16"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 30"/>
  <chapter number="31" style="c" sid="NUM 31"/>
  <para style="s1">Ɗaukar Fansa a kan Midiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 31:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 31:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 31:2"/>“Ka ɗaukar wa Isra’ilawa fansa, a kan Midiyawa. Bayan wannan za ka mutu, a kuwa tara ka ga mutanenka.”<verse eid="NUM 31:2"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 31:3"/>Saboda haka Musa ya ce wa mutane, “Ku shirya waɗansu daga cikin mazanku, su tafi su yi yaƙi da Midiyawa don su ɗaukar wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> fansa a kansu.” <verse eid="NUM 31:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 31:4"/>Ku aiki maza dubu ɗaya daga kowace kabilar Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 31:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 31:5"/>Saboda haka aka samo mayaƙa dubu goma sha biyu shiryayyu don yaƙi, maza dubu ɗaya daga kowace kabilar Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 31:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 31:6"/>Musa ya aike su zuwa yaƙi, dubu ɗaya daga kowace kabila, tare da Finehas ɗan Eleyazar, firist, wanda ya ɗauki kayayyaki daga wuri mai tsarki da ƙahoni don kiran yaƙi.<verse eid="NUM 31:6"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 31:7"/>Suka yi yaƙi da Midiyawa, suka kashe kowane mutum yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. <verse eid="NUM 31:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 31:8"/>A cikin waɗanda aka kashe kuwa akwai Ewi, Rekem, Zur, Hur da Reba; sarakuna biyar na Mediyawa. Suka kuma kashe Bala’am ɗan Beyor da takobi. <verse eid="NUM 31:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 31:9"/>Isra’ilawa suka kwashe mata da yaran Midiyawa, a matsayin bayi. Suka kwashe shanunsu da tumakinsu da kuma dukan dukiyarsu, a matsayin ganima. <verse eid="NUM 31:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 31:10"/>Suka ƙone dukan garuruwan da Midiyawa suke zama, da dukan sansaninsu. <verse eid="NUM 31:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 31:11"/>Suka kwashe dukan ganima haɗe da mutane da dabbobi, <verse eid="NUM 31:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 31:12"/>suka kawo bayi da ganiman nan, wurin Musa da Eleyazar firist, da kuma jama’ar Isra’ilawa, a sansaninsu a filayen Mowab kusa da Urdun daga ƙetaren Yeriko.<verse eid="NUM 31:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 31:13"/>Musa, da Eleyazar firist da dukan shugabannin jama’a, suka fito suka tarye su a bayan sansani. <verse eid="NUM 31:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 31:14"/>Musa kuwa ya husata da shugabannin sojojin da suke shugabannin dubbai da shugabannin ɗari-ɗarin da suka dawo daga yaƙi.<verse eid="NUM 31:14"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 31:15"/>Ya tambaye su ya ce, “Kun bar dukan mata da rai? <verse eid="NUM 31:15"/><verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 31:16"/>Su ne waɗanda suka bi shawarar Bala’am suka kuma zama sanadin sa Isra’ilawa suka juya wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> baya, har ya kawo abin da ya faru da Feyor, har annoba ya kashe dukan mutanen <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 31:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 31:17"/>Yanzu ku kashe dukan yara maza, ku kuma kashe kowace macen da ta yi lalata da namiji, <verse eid="NUM 31:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 31:18"/>amma ku bar kowace yarinyar da ba tă taɓa yin lalata da namiji ba.<verse eid="NUM 31:18"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 31:19"/>“Dukanku da kuka kashe mutum, ko kuka taɓa wani da aka kashe, dole ku kasance a bayan sansani har kwana bakwai. A rana ta uku da rana ta bakwai dole ku tsabtacce kanku da kuma bayinku. <verse eid="NUM 31:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 31:20"/>Ku tsarkake kowace taguwa da kuma kome da aka yi da fata, da gashin akuya, ko kuwa itace.”<verse eid="NUM 31:20"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 31:21"/>Sa’an nan Eleyazar firist, ya ce wa sojojin da suka je yaƙi, “Wannan ita ce ƙa’idar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba wa Musa. <verse eid="NUM 31:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 31:22"/>Zinariya, azurfa, tagulla, baƙin ƙarfe, kuza, darma <verse eid="NUM 31:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 31:23"/>da dukan abin da wuta ba ta iya ci, dole yă shiga wuta sa’an nan zai zama da tsabta. Amma dole a kuma tsarkake ta da ruwan tsarkakewa. Duk abin da wuta za tă iya ci, dole a shigar da ita a ruwan tsarkakewa. <verse eid="NUM 31:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 31:24"/>A rana ta bakwai za ku wanke tufafinku, sa’an nan za ku tsarkaka, bayan haka ku shigo sansani.”<verse eid="NUM 31:24"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Rabawa ganima</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 31:25"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 31:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 31:26"/>“Da kai da Eleyazar firist, da shugabannin jama’a, ku ƙidaya dukan mutane da dabbobin da aka ci da yaƙi. <verse eid="NUM 31:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 31:27"/>Ku kasa ganimar kashi biyu, ku ba sojojin da suka tafi yaƙi kashi ɗaya, kashi ɗaya kuma ku ba wa jama’a. <verse eid="NUM 31:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 31:28"/>Daga sojojin da suka je yaƙin kuwa, ka ware ganima wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ka ɗauki ɗaya daga cikin mutum ɗari biyar, da shanu ɗari biyar, da jakuna ɗari biyar, da tumaki ɗari biyar. <verse eid="NUM 31:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 31:29"/>Ka ɗauki wannan sashe daga rabin rabonsu ka ba wa Eleyazar firist, a matsayin sashe na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>. <verse eid="NUM 31:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 31:30"/>Daga cikin rabin rabon Isra’ilawa, ka zaɓi ɗaya daga kowane hamsin na mutane, shanu, jakuna, tumaki, awaki ko kuma sauran dabbobi. Ka ba wa Lawiyawan da suke lura da tabanakul na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.” <verse eid="NUM 31:30"/><verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 31:31"/>Saboda haka Musa da Eleyazar suka aikata yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 31:31"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 31:32"/>Yawan ganimar da sojoji suka kawo ita ce tumaki 675,000 <verse eid="NUM 31:32"/><verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 31:33"/>shanu 72,000 <verse eid="NUM 31:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 31:34"/>da jakuna 61,000. <verse eid="NUM 31:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 31:35"/>Akwai kuma mata 32,000 da ba su yi lalata ba da namiji ba.<verse eid="NUM 31:35"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 31:36"/>Kashin da aka ba sojoji waɗanda suka tafi yaƙi shi ne,</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 31:36"/>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 31:36">tumaki 337,500, <verse eid="NUM 31:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 31:37"/>tumakin da aka ware wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa 657 ne;<verse eid="NUM 31:37"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 31:38"/>shanu 36,000, shanun da aka ware wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa 72 ne;<verse eid="NUM 31:38"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 31:39"/>jakuna 30,500, jakunan da aka ware wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa 61 ne;<verse eid="NUM 31:39"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 31:40"/>mutane 16,000, mutanen da aka ware wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> kuwa 32 ne.<verse eid="NUM 31:40"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 31:41"/>Musa ya ba wa Eleyazar abin da aka ware wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, kamar yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa.<verse eid="NUM 31:41"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 31:42"/>Kashin da aka ba wa Isra’ilawa, wanda Musa ya ware daga cikin na waɗanda suka tafi yaƙi, <verse eid="NUM 31:42"/><verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 31:43"/>kashin da aka ba wa jama’a kuwa tumaki 337,500 ne, <verse eid="NUM 31:43"/><verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 31:44"/>shanu 36,000, <verse eid="NUM 31:44"/><verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 31:45"/>jakuna 30,500 <verse eid="NUM 31:45"/><verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 31:46"/>da mutane 16,000. <verse eid="NUM 31:46"/><verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 31:47"/>Daga rabin kashi na Isra’ilawa, Musa ya ɗauki ɗaya daga cikin hamsin na mutane da na dabbobi, yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce shi, ya ba wa Lawiyawan da suke lura da tabanakul na <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 31:47"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 31:48"/>Sai shugabannin da suka shugabancin rundunar yaƙin, shugabanni na dubu-dubu da shugabanni na ɗari-ɗari, suka zo wurin Musa <verse eid="NUM 31:48"/><verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 31:49"/>suka ce masa, “Barorinka sun ƙidaya mayaƙan da suke ƙarƙashinmu, babu ko ɗayan ya ɓace. <verse eid="NUM 31:49"/><verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 31:50"/>Saboda haka mun kawo wa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> hadaya na kayan zinariya da kowannenmu ya samu, mundaye, ƙawane, ’yan kunne da duwatsun wuya, don yin wa kanmu kafara a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.”<verse eid="NUM 31:50"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 31:51"/>Musa da Eleyazar firist, suka karɓi zinariya da kayan adon duka daga gare su. <verse eid="NUM 31:51"/><verse number="52" style="v" sid="NUM 31:52"/>Dukan zinariya da shugabannin dubu-dubu da shugabannin ɗari-ɗari, waɗanda Musa da Eleyazar suka karɓa, suka kuma miƙa hadaya ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, nauyinta ta kai shekel 16,750. <verse eid="NUM 31:52"/><verse number="53" style="v" sid="NUM 31:53"/>Kowane soja, ya kwashi ganima wa kansa. <verse eid="NUM 31:53"/><verse number="54" style="v" sid="NUM 31:54"/>Musa da Eleyazar firist, suka karɓi zinariya daga shugabannin dubu-dubu da shugabannin ɗari-ɗari, suka kawo cikin Tentin Sujada, don su zama abin tuni ga Isra’ilawa a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 31:54"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 31"/>
  <chapter number="32" style="c" sid="NUM 32"/>
  <para style="s1">Kabilan hayen Urdun</para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 3.12-22)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 32:1"/>Mutanen Ruben da mutanen Gad, da suke da garken shanu da kuma garke tumaki masu yawa, suka ga cewa ƙasashen Yazer da Gileyad wurare ne masu kyau don kiwon shanu da tumaki. <verse eid="NUM 32:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 32:2"/>Saboda haka suka zo wurin Musa da Eleyazar da kuma shugabannin jama’a, suka ce, <verse eid="NUM 32:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 32:3"/>“Atarot, Dibon, Yazer, Nimra, Heshbon, Eleyale, Sebam, Nebo da Beyon, <verse eid="NUM 32:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 32:4"/>ƙasar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ci da yaƙi a gaban mutane Isra’ila, suna da kyau don dabbobi, bayinku kuma suna da dabbobi.” <verse eid="NUM 32:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 32:5"/>Suka ce, “In mun sami tagomashi daga gare ka bari a ba da wannan ƙasa ga bayinka, tă zama mallakanmu. Kada ka sa mu haye Urdun.”<verse eid="NUM 32:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 32:6"/>Musa ya ce wa mutanen Gad da mutanen Ruben, “Wato, sai ’yan’uwanku su yi ta yaƙi ku kuwa ku zauna nan? <verse eid="NUM 32:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 32:7"/>Don me za ku karya zuciya Isra’ilawa daga hayewa zuwa ƙasar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba su? <verse eid="NUM 32:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 32:8"/>Haka iyayenku suka yi sa’ad da na aike su daga Kadesh Barneya don su dubo ƙasar. <verse eid="NUM 32:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 32:9"/>Gama bayan suka haura Kwarin Eshkol suka hangi ƙasar, sai suka karya zuciyar Isra’ilawa daga shigar ƙasar da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba su. <verse eid="NUM 32:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 32:10"/>A ranar kuwa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya husata har ya yi wannan rantsuwa cewa, <verse eid="NUM 32:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 32:11"/>‘Tabbatacce ba wani daga cikin mutanen da suka fito daga Masar, tun daga mai shekara ashirin zuwa gaba, da zai ga ƙasar da na rantse zan ba Ibrahim, da Ishaku, da Yaƙub, domin ba su bi ni sosai ba, <verse eid="NUM 32:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 32:12"/>ba ko ɗaya sai dai Kaleb ɗan Yefunne Bakenizze da Yoshuwa ɗan Nun, don su ne kaɗai suka bi <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> da zuciya ɗaya.’ <verse eid="NUM 32:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 32:13"/><char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya husata da Isra’ila har ya sa suka yi ta yawo a hamada shekara arba’in, sai da dukan tsaran da suka aikata wannan mugunta a gabansa, suka mutu.<verse eid="NUM 32:13"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 32:14"/>“Ga shi ku kuma, tarin masu zunubi, kuna tsaya a matsayin kakanninku, kuna sa <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> yă sāke husata da Isra’ila. <verse eid="NUM 32:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 32:15"/>In kun juye daga binsa, zai sāke barin dukan wannan mutane a hamada, ku ne kuwa za ku zama sanadin hallakarsu.”<verse eid="NUM 32:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 32:16"/>Sai suka zo wurin Musa, suka ce, “Muna so mu gina katangar dutse don dabbobinmu, da kuma birane don matanmu da ’ya’yanmu a nan. <verse eid="NUM 32:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 32:17"/>Matanmu da ’ya’yanmu za su zauna a biranen da suke da katanga, don kāriya daga mazaunan ƙasar, amma mu, za mu ɗauki makamai mu tafi tare da sauran Isra’ilawa, har mu kai su wuraren zamansu. <verse eid="NUM 32:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 32:18"/>Ba za mu koma gidajenmu ba sai kowane mutumin Isra’ila ya sami gādonsa. <verse eid="NUM 32:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 32:19"/>Ba za mu ci gādo tare da su a wancan hayin Urdun ba, domin mun sami gādonmu a wannan hayin gabashin Urdun.”<verse eid="NUM 32:19"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 32:20"/>Sai Musa ya ce musu, “In za ku yi haka, in za ku sha ɗamara da makamai a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ku tafi yaƙi, <verse eid="NUM 32:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 32:21"/>in kuma dukanku za ku yi ɗamara, ku ɗauki makaman yaƙi a hayin Urdun a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> har lokacin da ya kori abokan gābansa daga gabansa, <verse eid="NUM 32:21"/><verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 32:22"/>to, sa’ad da aka ci ƙasar a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, kwa kuɓuta daga alhakinku ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> da kuma Isra’ila. Ƙasan nan kuwa za tă zama mallakarku a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>.<verse eid="NUM 32:22"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 32:23"/>“Amma in ba ku yi haka ba, kun yi zunubi ke nan ga <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>; kuma ku san cewa zunubinku zai tone ku. <verse eid="NUM 32:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 32:24"/>Ku gina birane domin matanku da ’ya’yanku, ku gina katanga kuma domin dabbobinku, amma fa ku cika abin da kuka yi alkawari.”<verse eid="NUM 32:24"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 32:25"/>Mutanen Gad da mutanen Ruben, suka ce wa Musa, “Mu bayinka za mu yi yadda ranka yă daɗe ya umarta. <verse eid="NUM 32:25"/><verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 32:26"/>’Ya’yanmu da matanmu, garkunan shanunmu da na tumakinmu, za su kasance a nan biranen Gileyad. <verse eid="NUM 32:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 32:27"/>Amma bayinka, kowane mutum a cikinmu zai haye a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, zuwa yaƙi kamar yadda ranka yă daɗe ya faɗa.”<verse eid="NUM 32:27"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 32:28"/>Sai Musa ya yi wa Eleyazar firist, da Yoshuwa ɗan Nun, da shugabannin gidajen kakannin kabilan mutanen Isra’ila kashedi a kansu, <verse eid="NUM 32:28"/><verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 32:29"/>ya ce, “In kowane sojan mutanen Gad da na mutanen Ruben, ya ɗauki makaman yaƙi, ya haye Urdun tare da ku a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, to, sa’ad da a ci ƙasar a gabanku, ku ba da ƙasar Gileyad tă zama mallakarsu. <verse eid="NUM 32:29"/><verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 32:30"/>Amma in ba su haye tare da ku da shirin yaƙi ba, to, sai ku ba su gādo a wancan haye kamar sauran kabilun a Kan’ana.”<verse eid="NUM 32:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 32:31"/>Mutanen Gad da mutanen Ruben suka amsa, suka ce, “Barorinka za su yi abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya faɗa. <verse eid="NUM 32:31"/><verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 32:32"/>Za mu haye a gaban <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> zuwa Kan’ana, amma mallakarmu ta gādo, za tă kasance a wannan hayi na Urdun.”<verse eid="NUM 32:32"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 32:33"/>Sai Musa ya ba wa mutanen Gad, mutanen Ruben, da rabin mutanen Manasse ɗan Yusuf, masarautar Sihon, sarkin Amoriyawa, da masarautar Og na Bashan, dukan ƙasar, tare da biranenta da kuma yankunan da suke kewaye.<verse eid="NUM 32:33"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 32:34"/>Mutanen Gad suka gina Dibon, Atarot, Arower, <verse eid="NUM 32:34"/><verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 32:35"/>Atrot Shofan, Yazer, Yogbeha, <verse eid="NUM 32:35"/><verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 32:36"/>Bet-Nimra, da Bet-Haran a matsayin birane masu katanga, suka kuma gina katanga don dabbobinsu. <verse eid="NUM 32:36"/><verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 32:37"/>Mutanen Ruben suka sāke gina Heshbon, Eleyale, da Kiriyatayim, <verse eid="NUM 32:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 32:38"/>haka kuma suka gina Nebo da Ba’al-Meyon (an canja waɗannan sunaye) suka kuma gina Sibma. Suka ba wa biranen da suka sāke ginawa sunaye. <verse eid="NUM 32:38"/><verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 32:39"/>Zuriyar Makir ɗan Manasse suka tafi Gileyad, suka ci ta da yaƙi, suka kori mutanen Amoriyawa da suke can.<verse eid="NUM 32:39"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 32:40"/>Saboda haka Musa ya ba da Gileyad ga mutanen Makir, zuriyar Manasse, suka kuma zauna a can. <verse eid="NUM 32:40"/><verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 32:41"/>Yayir, wani ɗan Manasse, ya ci ƙauyukansu da yaƙi, ya kuma ba su sunan Hawwot Yayir. <verse eid="NUM 32:41"/><verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 32:42"/>Noba kuma ya ci Kenat da ƙauyukanta da yaƙi, ya kuma ba ta suna Noba, bisa ga sunansa.<verse eid="NUM 32:42"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 32"/>
  <chapter number="33" style="c" sid="NUM 33"/>
  <para style="s1">Wurare a tafiye-tafiyen Isra’ila</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 33:1"/>Ga wuraren da Isra’ilawa suka yi sansani sa’ad da suka fito runduna-runduna a ƙarƙashin Musa da Haruna daga Masar. <verse eid="NUM 33:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 33:2"/>Bisa ga umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Musa ya rubuta wuraren tafiye-tafiyensu da sansaninsu. Ga yadda tafiye-tafiyen suka kasance.<verse eid="NUM 33:2"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 33:3"/>Isra’ilawa sun tashi daga Rameses a rana ta goma sha biyar, ga watan fari, kashegarin Bikin Ƙetarewa. Suka fita gabagadi a gaban dukan Masarawa, <verse eid="NUM 33:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 33:4"/>waɗanda suke binne gawawwakin ’ya’yan farinsu da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya karkashe; gama <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya hukunta allolinsu.<verse eid="NUM 33:4"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 33:5"/>Isra’ilawa suka tashi daga Rameses, suka yi sansani a Sukkot.<verse eid="NUM 33:5"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 33:6"/>Suka tashi daga Sukkot, suka yi sansani a Etam, a gefen hamada.<verse eid="NUM 33:6"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 33:7"/>Suka tashi daga Etam, suka koma baya zuwa Fi Hahirot, wajen gabashin Ba’al-Zafon, suka yi sansani kusa da Migdol.<verse eid="NUM 33:7"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 33:8"/>Suka tashi daga Fi Hahirot, suka ratsa cikin teku zuwa hamada, bayan sun yi tafiya kwana uku a cikin Hamadan Etam, sai suka yi sansani a Mara.<verse eid="NUM 33:8"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 33:9"/>Suka tashi daga Mara, suka tafi Elim, inda akwai maɓulɓulan ruwa goma sha biyu, da itatuwan dabino guda saba’in, suka yi sansani a can.<verse eid="NUM 33:9"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 33:10"/>Suka tashi daga Elim, suka yi sansani kusa da Jan Teku.<verse eid="NUM 33:10"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 33:11"/>Suka tashi daga Jan Teku, suka yi sansani a Hamadan Sin.<verse eid="NUM 33:11"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 33:12"/>Suka tashi daga Hamadan Sin, suka yi sansani a Dofka.<verse eid="NUM 33:12"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 33:13"/>Suka tashi daga Dofka, suka yi sansani a Alush.<verse eid="NUM 33:13"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 33:14"/>Suka tashi daga Alush, suka yi sansani a Refidim, inda babu ruwan da mutane za su sha.<verse eid="NUM 33:14"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 33:15"/>Suka tashi daga Refidim, suka yi sansani a Hamadan Sinai.<verse eid="NUM 33:15"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 33:16"/>Suka tashi daga Hamadan Sinai, suka yi sansani a Kibrot Hatta’awa.<verse eid="NUM 33:16"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 33:17"/>Suka tashi daga Kibrot Hatta’awa, suka yi sansani a Hazerot.<verse eid="NUM 33:17"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 33:18"/>Suka tashi daga Hazerot, suka yi sansani a Ritma.<verse eid="NUM 33:18"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 33:19"/>Suka tashi daga Ritma, suka yi sansani a Rimmon Ferez.<verse eid="NUM 33:19"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 33:20"/>Suka tashi daga Rimmon Ferez, suka yi sansani a Libna.<verse eid="NUM 33:20"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 33:21"/>Suka tashi daga Libna, suka yi sansani a Rissa.<verse eid="NUM 33:21"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 33:22"/>Suka tashi daga Rissa, suka yi sansani a Kehelata.<verse eid="NUM 33:22"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 33:23"/>Suka tashi daga Kehelata, suka yi sansani a Dutsen Shefer.<verse eid="NUM 33:23"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 33:24"/>Suka tashi daga Dutsen Shefer, suka yi sansani a Harada.<verse eid="NUM 33:24"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 33:25"/>Suka tashi daga Harada, suka yi sansani a Makhelot.<verse eid="NUM 33:25"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 33:26"/>Suka tashi daga Makhelot, suka yi sansani a Tahat.<verse eid="NUM 33:26"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 33:27"/>Suka tashi daga Tahat, suka yi sansani a Tera.<verse eid="NUM 33:27"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 33:28"/>Suka tashi daga Tera, suka yi sansani a Mitka.<verse eid="NUM 33:28"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 33:29"/>Suka tashi daga Mitka, suka yi sansani a Hashmona.<verse eid="NUM 33:29"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 33:30"/>Suka tashi daga Hashmona, suka yi sansani a Moserot.<verse eid="NUM 33:30"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 33:31"/>Suka tashi daga Moserot, suka yi sansani a Bene Ya’akan.<verse eid="NUM 33:31"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 33:32"/>Suka tashi daga Bene Ya’akan, suka yi sansani a Hor Haggidgad.<verse eid="NUM 33:32"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 33:33"/>Suka tashi daga Hor Haggidgad, suka yi sansani a Yotbata.<verse eid="NUM 33:33"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 33:34"/>Suka tashi daga Yotbata, suka yi sansani a Abrona.<verse eid="NUM 33:34"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="35" style="v" sid="NUM 33:35"/>Suka tashi daga Abrona, suka yi sansani a Eziyon Geber.<verse eid="NUM 33:35"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="36" style="v" sid="NUM 33:36"/>Suka tashi daga Eziyon Geber, suka yi sansani a Kadesh, cikin Hamadan Zin.<verse eid="NUM 33:36"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="37" style="v" sid="NUM 33:37"/>Suka tashi daga Kadesh, suka yi sansani a Dutsen Hor, a iyakar Edom. <verse eid="NUM 33:37"/><verse number="38" style="v" sid="NUM 33:38"/>Bisa ga umarni <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Haruna firist, ya hau Dutsen Hor, inda ya mutu a rana ta fari ga watan biyar, a shekara ta arba’in, bayan Isra’ilawa suka fito daga Masar. <verse eid="NUM 33:38"/><verse number="39" style="v" sid="NUM 33:39"/>Haruna yana da shekara ɗari da ashirin da uku, sa’ad da ya mutu a Dutsen Hor.<verse eid="NUM 33:39"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="40" style="v" sid="NUM 33:40"/>Sarki Arad Bakan’ane, wanda yake zaune a Negeb na Kan’ana, ya ji labari cewa Isra’ilawa suna zuwa.<verse eid="NUM 33:40"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="41" style="v" sid="NUM 33:41"/>Suka tashi daga Dutsen Hor, suka yi sansani a Zalmona.<verse eid="NUM 33:41"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="42" style="v" sid="NUM 33:42"/>Suka tashi daga Zalmona, suka yi sansani a Funon.<verse eid="NUM 33:42"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="43" style="v" sid="NUM 33:43"/>Suka tashi daga Funon, suka yi sansani a Obot.<verse eid="NUM 33:43"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="44" style="v" sid="NUM 33:44"/>Suka tashi daga Obot, suka yi sansani a Iye Abarim, a iyakar Mowab.<verse eid="NUM 33:44"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="45" style="v" sid="NUM 33:45"/>Suka tashi daga Iyim<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">33.45 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Wato, Iye Abarim.</char></note>, suka yi sansani a Dibon Gad.<verse eid="NUM 33:45"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="46" style="v" sid="NUM 33:46"/>Suka tashi daga Dibon Gad, suka yi sansani a Almon Dibilatayim.<verse eid="NUM 33:46"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="47" style="v" sid="NUM 33:47"/>Suka tashi daga Almon Dibilatayim, suka yi sansani a duwatsun Abarim, kusa da Nebo.<verse eid="NUM 33:47"/></para>
  <para style="pi1">
    <verse number="48" style="v" sid="NUM 33:48"/>Suka tashi daga duwatsun Abarim, suka yi sansani a filayen Mowab kusa da Urdun, ɗaura da Yeriko. <verse eid="NUM 33:48"/><verse number="49" style="v" sid="NUM 33:49"/>A can filayen Mowab, suka yi sansani kusa da Urdun ɗaura da Bet-Yeshimot har zuwa Abel-Shittim.<verse eid="NUM 33:49"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="50" style="v" sid="NUM 33:50"/>A filayen Mowab kusa da Urdun ɗaura da Yeriko ne <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 33:50"/><verse number="51" style="v" sid="NUM 33:51"/>“Ka gaya wa Isra’ilawa cewa, ‘Sa’ad da kuka haye Urdun zuwa Kan’ana, <verse eid="NUM 33:51"/><verse number="52" style="v" sid="NUM 33:52"/>ku kori dukan mazaunan ƙasar a gabanku. Ku rurrushe sassaƙaƙƙun duwatsu, da siffofinsu na zubi, ku kuma rurrushe dukan masujadansu na kan tudu. <verse eid="NUM 33:52"/><verse number="53" style="v" sid="NUM 33:53"/>Ku mallaki ƙasar, ku kuma zauna a ciki, gama na ba ku ƙasar, ku mallake ta. <verse eid="NUM 33:53"/><verse number="54" style="v" sid="NUM 33:54"/>Ku rarraba ƙasar ta wurin jefan ƙuri’a, bisa ga kabilanku. Kabilar da take babba, a ba ta babban gādo, ƙarami kabila kuwa, a ba ta ƙaramin gādo. Duk abin da ƙuri’a ta ba su, shi zai zama nasu. Ku rarraba wannan bisa zuriyar kakanninku.<verse eid="NUM 33:54"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="55" style="v" sid="NUM 33:55"/>“ ‘Amma in ba ku kori mazaunan ƙasar ba, waɗanda kuka bari su ci gaba da zama, za su zama muku hakki a idanunku, da kuma ƙayayyuwa a bayanku. Za su ba ku wahala a ƙasar da kuke zama. <verse eid="NUM 33:55"/><verse number="56" style="v" sid="NUM 33:56"/>Sa’an nan kuwa zan yi muku abin da na shirya yin musu.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 33:56"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 33"/>
  <chapter number="34" style="c" sid="NUM 34"/>
  <para style="s1">Iyakokin Kan’ana</para>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 34:1"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 34:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 34:2"/>“Ka umarci Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘Sa’ad da kuka shiga Kan’ana, ƙasar da aka ba ku gādo za tă kasance da waɗannan iyakoki.<verse eid="NUM 34:2"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 34:3"/>“ ‘Gefenku na kudu zai haɗa da wani sashin Hamadan Zin ta iyakar Edom. A gabas, iyakarku ta kudu za tă fara daga ƙarshen Tekun Gishiri,<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.3 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Wato, Mataccen Teku; haka ma a aya 12.</char></note> <verse eid="NUM 34:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 34:4"/>tă ƙetare Mashigin Kunama<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.4 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Da Ibraniyanci </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Akrabbim</char></note> a kudu, tă ci gaba zuwa Zin, sa’an nan tă nufi kudu da Kadesh Barneya. Sa’an nan za tă zarce zuwa Hazar Addar, tă nausa zuwa Azmon, <verse eid="NUM 34:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 34:5"/>inda za tă juya tă haɗu da Rafin Masar, tă kuma ƙarasa a Bahar Rum.<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.5 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Wato, Mediterraniyan; haka kuma a ayoyi 6 da 7.</char></note><verse eid="NUM 34:5"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 34:6"/>“ ‘Iyakarku a yammanci, za tă kasance bakin Bahar Rum. Wannan ce za tă zama iyakarku a yamma.<verse eid="NUM 34:6"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 34:7"/>“ ‘Iyakarku a arewanci kuwa za tă tashi daga Bahar Rum zuwa Dutsen Hor, <verse eid="NUM 34:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 34:8"/>za tă kuma tashi daga Dutsen Hor, zuwa Lebo<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.8 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Ko Kuwa </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">zuwa mashigin</char></note> Hamat. Sa’an nan tă miƙe zuwa Zedad, <verse eid="NUM 34:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 34:9"/>tă ci gaba zuwa Zifron, sa’an nan tă ƙarasa a Hazar-Enan. Wannan ce za tă zama iyakarku a arewa.<verse eid="NUM 34:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 34:10"/>“ ‘Iyakarku a gabashi, za tă tashi daga Hazar-Enan zuwa Shefam. <verse eid="NUM 34:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 34:11"/>Iyakar za tă gangara daga Shefam zuwa Ribla a gefen gabashin Ayin, sa’an nan tă ci gaba a gangaren gabashin Tekun Kinneret.<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.11 </char><char style="ft" closed="false">Wato, Galili</char></note> <verse eid="NUM 34:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 34:12"/>Sa’an nan tă gangara ta Urdun, tă ƙarasa a Tekun Gishiri.</para>
  <para style="p" vid="NUM 34:12">“ ‘Wannan za tă zama ƙasarku, tare da iyakokinta a kowane gefe.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 34:12"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 34:13"/>Sai Musa ya umarci Isra’ilawa ya ce, “Ku raba wannan ƙasa da za ku gāda ta hanyar jefa ƙuri’a. <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta cewa a ba da ita ga kabilu tara da rabi, <verse eid="NUM 34:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 34:14"/>saboda iyalan kabilar Ruben, kabilar Gad da rabin kabilar Manasse sun riga sun sami gādonsu. <verse eid="NUM 34:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 34:15"/>Waɗannan kabilu biyu da rabi, sun sami gādonsu a wancan hayin Urdun a gabashin Yeriko<note caller="+" style="f"><char style="fr" closed="false">34.15 </char><char style="fqa" closed="false">Urdun na Yeriko </char><char style="ft" closed="false">mai yiwuwa tsohuwar suna ce ta Kogin Urdun.</char></note> wajen fitowar rana.”<verse eid="NUM 34:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 34:16"/>
    <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 34:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 34:17"/>“Waɗannan su ne sunayen mutanen da za su raba muku ƙasar gādo. Eleyazar firist, da Yoshuwa ɗan Nun. <verse eid="NUM 34:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 34:18"/>Ka kuma naɗa shugaba guda ɗaya daga kowace kabila domin yă taimaka a rabon ƙasar.<verse eid="NUM 34:18"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 34:19"/>“Ga sunayensu.</para>
  <para style="b" vid="NUM 34:19"/>
  <para style="li1" vid="NUM 34:19">“Kaleb ɗan Yefunne, daga kabilar Yahuda;<verse eid="NUM 34:19"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 34:20"/>Shemuyel ɗan Ammihud, daga kabilar Simeyon<verse eid="NUM 34:20"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 34:21"/>Elidad ɗan Kislon, daga kabilar Benyamin;<verse eid="NUM 34:21"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 34:22"/>Bukki ɗan Yogli, shugaba daga kabilar Dan;<verse eid="NUM 34:22"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 34:23"/>Hanniyel ɗan Efod, shugaba daga kabilar Manasse ɗan Yusuf;<verse eid="NUM 34:23"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 34:24"/>Kemuwel ɗan Shiftan, shugaba daga kabilar Efraim ɗan Yusuf;<verse eid="NUM 34:24"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 34:25"/>Elizafan ɗan Farnak, shugaba daga kabilar Zebulun;<verse eid="NUM 34:25"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 34:26"/>Faltiyel ɗan Azzan, shugaba daga kabilar Issakar;<verse eid="NUM 34:26"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 34:27"/>Ahihud ɗan Shelomi, shugaba daga kabilar Asher;<verse eid="NUM 34:27"/></para>
  <para style="li1">
    <verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 34:28"/>Fedahel ɗan Ammihud, shugaba daga kabilar Naftali.”<verse eid="NUM 34:28"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="li4">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 34:29"/>Waɗannan su ne mutanen da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta su raba gādo ga Isra’ilawa a ƙasar Kan’ana.<verse eid="NUM 34:29"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 34"/>
  <chapter number="35" style="c" sid="NUM 35"/>
  <para style="s1">Garuruwan Lawiyawa</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 35:1"/>A filayen Mowab, wajen Urdun, ɗaura da Yeriko, <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya yi magana da Musa ya ce, <verse eid="NUM 35:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 35:2"/>“Ka umarci Isra’ilawa su ba wa Lawiyawa garuruwan da za su zauna a ciki daga cikin gādon da Isra’ilawa za su mallaka. A kuma ba su wurin kiwo kewaye da garuruwan. <verse eid="NUM 35:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 35:3"/>Sa’an nan za su kasance da garuruwan da za su zauna, su sami fili, da kuma za su yi kiwon garkensu na shanu da tumaki da kuma sauran dabbobinsu.<verse eid="NUM 35:3"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 35:4"/>“Wuraren kiwo a kewayen garuruwan da za a ba wa Lawiyawa, girmansu zai zama mai fāɗin kamu dubu ɗaya daga katangar garin. <verse eid="NUM 35:4"/><verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 35:5"/>A bayan garin, ka auna kamu dubu biyu a wajen gabas, kamu dubu biyu a wajen yamma, kamu dubu biyu wajen kudu, da kuma kamu dubu uku wajen arewa, a bar garin a tsakiya. Za su kasance da wannan a matsayin wurin kiwo na garuruwan.<verse eid="NUM 35:5"/></para>
  <para style="s1">Biranen mafaka</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 35:6"/>“A cikin biranen da za a ba Lawiyawa, shida daga cikin garuruwan za su zama biranen mafaka, inda wanda ya kashe mutum zai gudu yă je. Ban da wannan, a ba su waɗansu garuruwa arba’in da biyu. <verse eid="NUM 35:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 35:7"/>Duka-duka dai a ba Lawiyawa garuruwa arba’in da takwas, tare da wuraren kiwonsu. <verse eid="NUM 35:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 35:8"/>Garuruwan da za ku ba wa Lawiyawa daga ƙasar da Isra’ilawa suka mallaka, za a ba da su bisa girman gādon kowace kabila. Ka karɓi garuruwa masu yawa daga kabilar da take da garuruwa masu yawa, amma kaɗan daga kabilar da ba ta da garuruwa masu yawa.”<verse eid="NUM 35:8"/></para>
  <para style="r">(Maimaitawar Shari’a 19.1-13; <ref loc="JOS 20:1-9">Yoshuwa 20.1-9</ref>)</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 35:9"/>Sa’an nan <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ce wa Musa, <verse eid="NUM 35:9"/><verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 35:10"/>“Ka yi magana da Isra’ilawa, ka ce musu, ‘Sa’ad da kuka haye Urdun zuwa Kan’ana, <verse eid="NUM 35:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 35:11"/>ku zaɓi waɗansu garuruwan da za su zama biranen mafakarku, inda wanda ya kashe mutum cikin kuskure zai iya gudu zuwa. <verse eid="NUM 35:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 35:12"/>Za su zama wuraren mafaka daga hannun mai bin hakki, don kada a kashe mai kisankai, tun ba a kai shi gaban shari’a, a gaban taron jama’a ba. <verse eid="NUM 35:12"/><verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 35:13"/>Waɗannan garuruwa shida da aka bayar za su zama biranen mafakarku. <verse eid="NUM 35:13"/><verse number="14" style="v" sid="NUM 35:14"/>A ba da uku a wannan gefe na Urdun, a kuma ba da uku a Kan’ana, su zama biranen mafaka. <verse eid="NUM 35:14"/><verse number="15" style="v" sid="NUM 35:15"/>Waɗannan garuruwa shida za su zama wurin mafaka wa Isra’ilawa, baƙi da duk sauran mutanen da suke zama a cikinsu, saboda duk wanda ya kashe mutum cikin kuskure yă iya gudu zuwa.<verse eid="NUM 35:15"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="16" style="v" sid="NUM 35:16"/>“ ‘In wani ya bugi wani da makami na ƙarfe har ya mutu, to, shi mai kisankai ne; sai a kashe mai kisankan nan. <verse eid="NUM 35:16"/><verse number="17" style="v" sid="NUM 35:17"/>Ko kuwa in wani yana riƙe da dutsen da ya isa yă kashe mutum a hannunsa, ya kuma harbi wani da dutsen har ya mutu, to, shi mai kisankai ne, sai a kashe mai kisankan nan. <verse eid="NUM 35:17"/><verse number="18" style="v" sid="NUM 35:18"/>Ko kuwa wani yana da makami na itace a hannunsa da ya isa yă kashe mutum, ya kuma bugi wani da shi har ya mutu, shi ma mai kisankai ne, sai a kashe mai kisankan nan. <verse eid="NUM 35:18"/><verse number="19" style="v" sid="NUM 35:19"/>Sai mai bin hakkin jinin yă kashe mai kisankan, sa’ad da ya sadu da mai kisankan, sai yă kashe shi. <verse eid="NUM 35:19"/><verse number="20" style="v" sid="NUM 35:20"/>In saboda ƙiyayya, mutum ya laɓe, ya soke wani, ko ya jefe shi da wani abu da gangan har ya mutu, <verse eid="NUM 35:20"/><verse number="21" style="v" sid="NUM 35:21"/>ko kuwa saboda ƙiyayya ya naushe shi har ya mutu, sai a kashe wannan mutumin da ya yi haka; shi mai kisankai ne. Sai mai bin hakkin jini yă kashe mai kisankan in ya same shi.<verse eid="NUM 35:21"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="22" style="v" sid="NUM 35:22"/>“ ‘Amma in cikin tsautsayi ne ya soke shi, ba don ƙiyayya ba, ko kuma ya jefe shi, ba da gangan ba, <verse eid="NUM 35:22"/><verse number="23" style="v" sid="NUM 35:23"/>ko kuwa bai gan shi ba, ya jefa dutsen da zai kashe shi a kansa, ya kuwa mutu, to, da yake shi ba abokin gābansa ba ne, bai kuma yi nufi yă ji masa ba, <verse eid="NUM 35:23"/><verse number="24" style="v" sid="NUM 35:24"/>dole taro su yi hukunci tsakanin mai laifin, da mai bin hakkin jini bisa waɗannan ƙa’idodi. <verse eid="NUM 35:24"/><verse number="25" style="v" sid="NUM 35:25"/>Dole taro su kāre wanda ake zargi da kisa, daga mai bin hakkin jini. Su mai da shi birnin mafaka inda ya gudu ya tafi. Dole yă kasance a can sai mutuwar babban firist, wanda aka shafe da mai mai tsarki.<verse eid="NUM 35:25"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="26" style="v" sid="NUM 35:26"/>“ ‘Amma in wanda ake zargin ya kuskura ya fita, ya kai iyakar birnin mafaka wadda ya gudu ya je, <verse eid="NUM 35:26"/><verse number="27" style="v" sid="NUM 35:27"/>idan mai bin hakkin jinin ya same shi a bayan gari, mai bin hakkin jinin zai iya kashe mai kisankai ɗin ba tare da wani laifi ba. <verse eid="NUM 35:27"/><verse number="28" style="v" sid="NUM 35:28"/>Dole wanda ake zargin, yă kasance a birninsa na mafaka sai bayan mutuwa babban firist; sai bayan mutuwar babban firist ne kawai zai iya komo ga mallakarsa.<verse eid="NUM 35:28"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="29" style="v" sid="NUM 35:29"/>“ ‘Waɗannan su ne za su zama ƙa’idodin da za ku kasance da su, a dukan tsararraki masu zuwa.<verse eid="NUM 35:29"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="30" style="v" sid="NUM 35:30"/>“ ‘Kowa da ya kashe wani, za a kashe shi a matsayin mai kisankai, bisa ga shaidar shaidu. Amma kada a kashe wani bisa ga shaidar mutum ɗaya.<verse eid="NUM 35:30"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="31" style="v" sid="NUM 35:31"/>“ ‘Kada a karɓi fansa don ran wanda ya yi kisankai, wanda ya cancanci mutuwa. Lalle ne a kashe shi.<verse eid="NUM 35:31"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="32" style="v" sid="NUM 35:32"/>“ ‘Kada a karɓi fansa saboda wanda ya tsere zuwa birnin mafaka don yă koma yă zauna gidansa tun babban firist bai rasu ba.<verse eid="NUM 35:32"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="33" style="v" sid="NUM 35:33"/>“ ‘Kada ku ƙazantar da ƙasar da kuke zama a ciki. Zub da jini yakan ƙazantar da ƙasa, ba a kuma iya yin kafara saboda wannan ƙasa da aka zub da jini, sai dai ta wurin jinin mutumin da ya zub da jinin. <verse eid="NUM 35:33"/><verse number="34" style="v" sid="NUM 35:34"/>Kada ku ƙazantar da ƙasar da kuke zama, wadda ni kuma nake zama a ciki, gama Ni <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, ina zama a cikin Isra’ilawa.’ ”<verse eid="NUM 35:34"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 35"/>
  <chapter number="36" style="c" sid="NUM 36"/>
  <para style="s1">Gādon ’ya’yan Zelofehad mata</para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="1" style="v" sid="NUM 36:1"/>Sai shugabannin gidajen iyalan Gileyad ɗan Makir, ɗan Manasse, waɗanda suka fito daga kabilar zuriyar Yusuf, suka zo, suka yi magana a gaban Musa da shugabanni, shugabannin iyalan Isra’ilawa. <verse eid="NUM 36:1"/><verse number="2" style="v" sid="NUM 36:2"/>Suka ce, “Sa’ad da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarce ranka yă daɗe, yă raba ƙasar gādo ga Isra’ilawa ta wurin ƙuri’a, ya umarce ka, ka ba wa ’ya’ya matan nan na Zelofehad ɗan’uwanmu gādonsa. <verse eid="NUM 36:2"/><verse number="3" style="v" sid="NUM 36:3"/>To, a ce sun auri mutane daga waɗansu kabilan Isra’ilawa fa; ka ga, za a ɗebe gādonsu daga gādon kakanninmu a ƙara wa gādon kabilan mutanen da suka aura ke nan. Ta haka za a ɗebe sashe daga gādon da aka ba mu ke nan. <verse eid="NUM 36:3"/><verse number="4" style="v" sid="NUM 36:4"/>Sa’ad da Shekara ta Murnar Isra’ilawa ta kewayo, za a haɗa gādonsu da na kabilan mutanen da suka aura, a kuma ba su mallakar gādon da aka ɗebe daga kabilar kakanninmu.”<verse eid="NUM 36:4"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="5" style="v" sid="NUM 36:5"/>Ta wurin umarnin <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char>, Musa ya ba Isra’ilawa wannan umarni, “Abin da kabilar zuriyar Yusuf suke faɗi, daidai ne. <verse eid="NUM 36:5"/><verse number="6" style="v" sid="NUM 36:6"/>Ga abin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarta saboda ’ya’ya matan nan na Zelofehad. Za su iya auri duk wanda suka ga dama, muddin sun yi aure a cikin kabilar kakanninsu. <verse eid="NUM 36:6"/><verse number="7" style="v" sid="NUM 36:7"/>Ba gādon Isra’ilan da za a ba wa wata kabila daga wata kabila, gama kowane mutumin Isra’ila zai riƙe gādonsa na kabilar da ya gāda daga kakanninsa. <verse eid="NUM 36:7"/><verse number="8" style="v" sid="NUM 36:8"/>Kowace ’ya wadda ta ci gādon ƙasa, a kowace kabilar Isra’ilawa, dole tă auri wani cikin kabilar kakanninta, saboda kowane mutumin Isra’ila yă mallaki gādon kakanninsa. <verse eid="NUM 36:8"/><verse number="9" style="v" sid="NUM 36:9"/>Ba gādon da za a ba wa wata kabila daga wata kabila, gama kowace kabilar Isra’ilawa za tă riƙe mallaka da ta gāda.”<verse eid="NUM 36:9"/></para>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="10" style="v" sid="NUM 36:10"/>Saboda haka ’ya’yan Zelofehad mata suka yi yadda <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya umarci Musa. <verse eid="NUM 36:10"/><verse number="11" style="v" sid="NUM 36:11"/>’Ya’yan Zelofehad mata, Mala, Tirza, Hogla, Milka da Nowa, suka auri ’ya’yan ’yan’uwa na gefen mahaifinsu. <verse eid="NUM 36:11"/><verse number="12" style="v" sid="NUM 36:12"/>Suka yi aure cikin kabilar zuriyar Manasse ɗan Yusuf, gādonsu kuwa ya kasance a cikin iyali da kuma kabilar mahaifinsu.<verse eid="NUM 36:12"/></para>
  <para style="b"/>
  <para style="p">
    <verse number="13" style="v" sid="NUM 36:13"/>Waɗannan su ne umarnai da ƙa’idodin da <char style="nd">Ubangiji</char> ya ba wa Isra’ilawa ta wurin Musa, a filayen Mowab kusa da Urdun, ɗaura da Yeriko.<verse eid="NUM 36:13"/></para>
  <chapter eid="NUM 36"/>
</usx>